12.10.2014 Views

From World Order to Global Disorder - UBC Press

From World Order to Global Disorder - UBC Press

From World Order to Global Disorder - UBC Press

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

07|08 his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

<strong>UBC</strong> PRESS


his<strong>to</strong>ry 07|08<br />

<strong>From</strong> <strong>World</strong> <strong>Order</strong> <strong>to</strong><br />

<strong>Global</strong> <strong>Disorder</strong> 2<br />

Awful Splendour 13<br />

The Ermatingers 22<br />

An Officer and a Lady<br />

36<br />

Contents<br />

<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />

Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry 1<br />

Environmental His<strong>to</strong>ry 13<br />

Native His<strong>to</strong>ry 18<br />

Asian Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry 26<br />

Asian His<strong>to</strong>ry 30<br />

Gender and His<strong>to</strong>ry 34<br />

Military His<strong>to</strong>ry 36<br />

Legal His<strong>to</strong>ry 44<br />

Publishers Represented in Canada<br />

Royal British Columbia Museum 57<br />

Manchester University <strong>Press</strong> 58<br />

Transaction Publishers 68<br />

Michigan State University <strong>Press</strong> 73<br />

University of Washing<strong>to</strong>n <strong>Press</strong> 74<br />

Washing<strong>to</strong>n State University <strong>Press</strong> 76<br />

Oregon State University <strong>Press</strong> 77<br />

Left Coast <strong>Press</strong> 78<br />

Paradigm Publishers 79<br />

Other Publishers Represented In Canada<br />

Athabasca University <strong>Press</strong>, Brookings Institution<br />

<strong>Press</strong>, Earthscan / James & James, Hong Kong<br />

University <strong>Press</strong>, Jessica Kingsley Publishers,<br />

KITLV <strong>Press</strong>, National Gallery of Australia,<br />

Oregon State University <strong>Press</strong>, Paul Holber<strong>to</strong>n<br />

Publishers, Silkworm <strong>Press</strong>, University of Arizona<br />

<strong>Press</strong>, University of New South Wales, Waanders<br />

Publishers, Wesleyan University <strong>Press</strong><br />

Publishers Represented <strong>World</strong>wide<br />

Canadian Forest Service, Laval University <strong>Press</strong><br />

(English Language Books), Sierra Legal Defence<br />

Fund, Western Geographical <strong>Press</strong><br />

<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> always welcomes proposals for new books.<br />

Please direct proposals for books in His<strong>to</strong>ry <strong>to</strong>:<br />

Jean Wilson<br />

2029 West Mall<br />

Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z2<br />

Phone: 604.822.6376<br />

E-mail: wilson@ubcpress.ca<br />

IMPORTANT NOTE<br />

The notation CRO after the price in this catalogue<br />

indicates that <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> holds Canadian rights only for<br />

the title in question. Cus<strong>to</strong>mers outside of Canada should<br />

refer <strong>to</strong> the original publisher for ordering information.<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Alliance and Illusion<br />

Canada and the <strong>World</strong>, 1945–1984<br />

Robert Bothwell<br />

A book of great sophistication – fluently composed,<br />

and with flare; wearing its considerable learning<br />

lightly; and written by an author in full command of<br />

his field. Not only is it the first sustained his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />

treatment of Canadian foreign policy post-war, but it is<br />

also a rumination on the Canadian condition in years<br />

of achievement and fragility, a paradox that Bothwell<br />

captures brilliantly. Every page crackles with good<br />

writing and good sense.<br />

– Norman Hillmer, co-author of Empire <strong>to</strong> Umpire<br />

Alliance and Illusion is a political, economic, and<br />

social his<strong>to</strong>ry that examines both domestic and international<br />

aspects of Canadian foreign policy. Robert<br />

Bothwell provides nuanced studies of Canada’s leaders,<br />

examining John Diefenbaker’s muddles, Lester<br />

B. Pearson’s realism, and Pierre Trudeau’s limited<br />

policy vision. He also discusses international currents<br />

that drove Canadian external affairs, from American<br />

influence over Vietnam and the draft dodgers, <strong>to</strong> the<br />

French case of de Gaulle’s eruption in<strong>to</strong> Quebec in<br />

1967.<br />

Contents<br />

Chronology; Introduction<br />

1 Construction and Reconstruction: Canada in 1945<br />

2 Real Prosperity and Illusory Diplomacy<br />

3 Realigning Canadian Foreign Policy, 1945–1947<br />

4 Dividing the <strong>World</strong>, 1947–1949<br />

5 Confronting a Changing Asia, 1945–1950<br />

6 <strong>From</strong> Korea <strong>to</strong> the Rhine<br />

7 The Era of Good Feeling, 1953–1957<br />

8 Diefenbaker and the Dwindling British Connection<br />

9 Nuclear Nightmares, 1957–1963<br />

10 Innocence at Home: Economic Diplomacy in the 1960s<br />

11 Innocence Abroad: Fumbling for Peace in Indochina<br />

12 Vietnam and Canadian-American Relations<br />

13 National Unity and Foreign Policy<br />

14 Changing the Meaning of Defence<br />

15 National Security and Social Security<br />

16 The 1970s Begin<br />

17 Parallel Lives: Nixon Meets Trudeau<br />

18 The Pursuit of Promises<br />

19 Canada First, 1976–1984<br />

20 Returning <strong>to</strong> the Centre<br />

Conclusion: Multilateral by Profession, Muddled by Nature<br />

Notes; Further Reading and a Note on Sources; Index<br />

Robert Bothwell is one of Canada’s foremost<br />

his<strong>to</strong>rians and a leading expert on Canadian<br />

international relations. He holds the May Gluskin<br />

Chair in Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry at the University of<br />

Toron<strong>to</strong>, where he is Direc<strong>to</strong>r of the International<br />

Relations Program at Trinity College. He is author<br />

of The New Penguin His<strong>to</strong>ry of Canada, as well<br />

as Canada and the United States, Canada and<br />

Quebec, and The Big Chill.<br />

2007, 480 pages, 6.5 x 9.5”<br />

0-7748-1368-7 / 978-0-7748-1368-6<br />

cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1369-5 / 978-0-7748-1369-3<br />

paper $34.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca 1


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

<strong>From</strong> <strong>World</strong> <strong>Order</strong> <strong>to</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Disorder</strong><br />

States, Markets, and Dissent<br />

Dorval Brunelle<br />

Translated by Richard Howard<br />

The French philosopher and activist, Jean Rostand,<br />

said: “It is horrible <strong>to</strong> see everything one detested<br />

in the past coming back wearing the colours of the<br />

future.” Dorval Brunelle’s wonderful new book explains<br />

how economic globalization has erased the international<br />

consensus for justice that emerged out of the<br />

horrors of <strong>World</strong> War II and exposes this new system<br />

for the regressive force it really is.<br />

– Maude Barlow, National Chairperson,<br />

Council of Canadians<br />

<strong>From</strong> <strong>World</strong> <strong>Order</strong> <strong>to</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Disorder</strong> demonstrates the<br />

profound effect of globalization on relations between<br />

the state, civil society, and markets, as well as on collective<br />

and individual rights. As neo-liberalism evolves<br />

in<strong>to</strong> globalization, governments are eschewing their role<br />

as public guardians and are instead bartering the very<br />

assets and resources their citizens’ labour and activism<br />

created and preserved. However, no constitution makes<br />

governments owners of collective assets: governments<br />

are merely trustees. In this context, the world’s citizens<br />

have a tremendous task before them: in the wake of the<br />

welfare state, their social forums are indispensable in<br />

the quest for a more just and equitable world.<br />

Dorval Brunelle is a professor of sociology<br />

and Direc<strong>to</strong>r of the Observa<strong>to</strong>ire des Amériques<br />

at the Université du Québec à Montréal.<br />

2<br />

2007, 224 pages, 5.5 x 8.5”<br />

0-7748-1360-1 / 978-0-7748-1360-0<br />

cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1361-X / 978-0-7748-1361-7<br />

paper $29.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />

The authoritative account of the rise of the<br />

global social justice movement by an ‘insider,”<br />

who also happens <strong>to</strong> be one of Canada’s leading<br />

social scientists. Dorval Brunelle’s book will be<br />

of interest <strong>to</strong> political scientists, economists,<br />

sociologists, and citizens with an appetite <strong>to</strong><br />

discover what lies behind the headlines about<br />

lost jobs, world trade talks, growing inequalities,<br />

and popular unrest in much of the world.<br />

– Duncan Cameron, Associate Publisher<br />

of rabble.ca<br />

Contents<br />

Abbreviations<br />

Preface<br />

Introduction<br />

1 Building the Postwar <strong>Order</strong><br />

2 Welfare States and Social Rights<br />

3 Internationalism versus Regionalism in the Cold War<br />

4 Canada and the Cold War: The Shift <strong>to</strong> Regionalism<br />

5 Canada-US Free Trade: <strong>From</strong> the Regional <strong>to</strong> the <strong>Global</strong><br />

6 Features of a <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Order</strong><br />

7 Consultation or Contention: Social Movements<br />

and <strong>Global</strong>ization<br />

Conclusion<br />

Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Domestic Reforms<br />

Political Visions and Family Regulation in<br />

British Columbia, 1862–1940<br />

Chris Clarkson<br />

This book tells a complicated s<strong>to</strong>ry of family and welfare<br />

law reform within the context of British Columbia’s<br />

transformation from a British colonial enclave <strong>to</strong> a<br />

white settler Canadian province.<br />

– Dorothy E. Chunn, professor of sociology and codirec<strong>to</strong>r,<br />

Feminist Institute for Studies on Law and<br />

Society, Simon Fraser University<br />

Domestic Reforms examines the evolution of British<br />

Columbia’s family and welfare law reform against the<br />

backdrop of the province’s transformation from a colonial<br />

enclave <strong>to</strong> a white settler province. Chris Clarkson<br />

examines three waves of property, inheritance, and<br />

maintenance law reform, arguing that each was related<br />

<strong>to</strong> a broader political vision intended <strong>to</strong> precipitate vast<br />

social and economic effects. He analyzes the impact of<br />

the legislation, with emphasis on the ambitions of regulated<br />

populations, the influence of the judiciary, and the<br />

social and fiscal concerns of generations of legisla<strong>to</strong>rs<br />

and bureaucrats.<br />

Contents<br />

Acknowledgments<br />

Abbreviations<br />

Introduction<br />

Part 1: The Yeoman Dream<br />

1 Deserted Wives and Independent Men<br />

2 Married Women, Country Wives, and Destitute Orphans<br />

3 Chivalry and the Democratic Judiciary<br />

Part 2: A Vision of Mutualistic Hierarchy<br />

4 Credi<strong>to</strong>rs’ Rights, the 1887 Married Women’s Property Act,<br />

and the Emergence of a Liberal Femininity<br />

Part 3: The Conservation of Child-Life<br />

5 Maintaining the “Hope of the Race”: Child-Saving in a<br />

Conservative Era, 1901-15<br />

6 Child Protection and Women’s Equality in the Liberal Era,<br />

1916-23<br />

7 Public Policy, Published Decisions, and Police Courts<br />

Conclusion<br />

Notes; Select Bibliography; Index<br />

Chris Clarkson teaches in the His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Department at Okanagan College, British<br />

Columbia.<br />

2007, 304 pages, 1 table, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-1350-4 / 978-0-7748-1350-1<br />

cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1351-2 / 978-0-7748-1351-8<br />

paper $32.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />

LAW AND SOCIETY SERIES<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca<br />

3


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Canada and<br />

the End of Empire<br />

Edited by Phillip Buckner<br />

Canada and the End of<br />

Empire looks at Canadian<br />

diplomatic relations with<br />

the United Kingdom and<br />

the United States, the<br />

Suez crisis, the changing<br />

economic relationship with<br />

Great Britain in the 1950s<br />

and 1960s, the role of<br />

educational and cultural<br />

institutions in maintaining<br />

the British connection, the<br />

royal <strong>to</strong>ur of 1959, the decision <strong>to</strong> adopt a new flag<br />

in 1964, the efforts <strong>to</strong> find a formula for repatriating<br />

the constitution, the Canadianization of the Royal Canadian<br />

Navy, and the attitude of First Nations <strong>to</strong> the<br />

changed nature of the Anglo-Canadian relationship.<br />

His<strong>to</strong>rians in Commonwealth countries tend <strong>to</strong> view<br />

the end of British rule from a nationalist perspective.<br />

Canada and the End of Empire challenges this view<br />

and demonstrates the centrality of imperial his<strong>to</strong>ry in<br />

Canadian his<strong>to</strong>riography.<br />

An important addition <strong>to</strong> the growing canon of empire<br />

studies and imperial his<strong>to</strong>ry, this book will be of<br />

interest <strong>to</strong> his<strong>to</strong>rians of the Commonwealth, and <strong>to</strong><br />

scholars and students interested in the relationship<br />

between colonialism and nationalism.<br />

Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs<br />

Andrea Benvenuti and Stuart Ward; P.E. Bryden; Lorraine<br />

Coops; John Darwin; R. Douglas Francis; John Hilliker and<br />

Greg Donaghy; José E. Igartua; Gregory A. Johnson; Steve<br />

Koerner; J.R. (Jim) Miller; Marc Milner; Bruce Muirhead;<br />

George Richardson; Tim Rooth; Paul Rutherford; Allan Smith;<br />

and Gordon T. Stewart<br />

2004, 334 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0915-9 / 978-0-7748-0915-3 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-0916-7 / 978-0-7748-0916-0 paper $32.95<br />

Canada and<br />

the British <strong>World</strong><br />

Culture, Migration, and Identity<br />

Edited by Phillip Buckner and<br />

R. Douglas Francis<br />

In the decades following<br />

the Second <strong>World</strong> War,<br />

a revolutionary change<br />

<strong>to</strong>ok place in the Canadian<br />

national identity. The<br />

English-Canadian majority<br />

entered this period identifying<br />

themselves as British<br />

and emerged from it with<br />

a new, independent sense<br />

of themselves as purely<br />

Canadian. Assured of their<br />

unique place in the world, Canadians can now reflect<br />

on the legacies and lessons of their British colonial<br />

past.<br />

Canada and the British <strong>World</strong> surveys Canada’s<br />

national his<strong>to</strong>ry through a British lens. In a series of<br />

essays focusing on the social, cultural, and intellectual<br />

aspects of Canadian identity over more than a century,<br />

the complex and evolving relationship between<br />

Canada and the larger British <strong>World</strong> is revealed.<br />

Examining the transition from the strong belief of<br />

nineteenth-century Canadians in the British character<br />

of their country <strong>to</strong> the realities of modern multicultural<br />

Canada, this book eschews nostalgia in its endeavour<br />

<strong>to</strong> understand the dynamic and complicated society in<br />

which Canadians did and do live.<br />

Candid and ambitious, Canada and the British <strong>World</strong><br />

is recommended reading for his<strong>to</strong>rians and scholars<br />

of colonialism and nationalism, as well as anyone<br />

interested in what it really means <strong>to</strong> be Canadian.<br />

2006, 352 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

1 table<br />

0-7748-1305-9 / 978-0-7748-1305-1 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1306-7 / 978-0-7748-1306-8 paper $34.95<br />

4<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


<strong>From</strong> the 1870s until the Great Depression, immigration<br />

was often the question of the hour in Canada. Politicians,<br />

the media, and an array of interest groups viewed<br />

it as essential <strong>to</strong> nation building, developing the economy,<br />

and shaping Canada’s social and cultural character.<br />

One of the groups most determined <strong>to</strong> influence public<br />

debate and government policy on the issue was organized<br />

labour, and unionists were often relentless critics<br />

of immigrant recruitment. Guarding the Gates is the first<br />

detailed study of Canadian labour leaders’ approach <strong>to</strong><br />

immigration, a key battleground in struggles between<br />

different political factions within the labour movement.<br />

Guarding the Gates provides new insights in<strong>to</strong> labour,<br />

immigration, social, and political his<strong>to</strong>ry. It will be valuable<br />

not only <strong>to</strong> readers interested in the internal politics<br />

of social movements, but <strong>to</strong> everyone concerned with<br />

long-standing debates about Canadian national identity,<br />

and gender, ethnic, and race relations.<br />

<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Guarding the Gates<br />

The Canadian Labour Movement and<br />

Immigration, 1872–1934<br />

David Gou<strong>to</strong>r<br />

Contents<br />

Illustrations; Acknowledgments<br />

Part 1: Issues and Arguments<br />

1 Guarding the Gates<br />

2 Setting the Stage: Labour, Industry, and Immigration in<br />

Canada, 1872–1934<br />

Part 2: Labour’s Anti–Asian Agitation<br />

3 The Bounds of Unity: Opposition <strong>to</strong> Chinese Immigration,<br />

1880–87<br />

4 The “Old Time Question”: The Campaign for Exclusion,<br />

1888–1934<br />

Part 3: Labour and Atlantic Immigration<br />

5 Superfluous People: Labour’s Construction of Immigrants<br />

from Europe and the British Isles<br />

6 Importing Victims: The Assault on the Commerce of<br />

Immigration<br />

Part 4: Immigration, Ideology, and Politics<br />

7 Immigration, Joseph Arch, and the Producer Ideology,<br />

1872–79<br />

8 Imported Labour, the Tariff, and Land Reform, 1880–1902<br />

9 Retreat, Corporatism, and Responsible Management,<br />

1903–34<br />

Conclusion<br />

Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />

David Gou<strong>to</strong>r is a Canadian his<strong>to</strong>rian and<br />

an assistant professor in the Labour Studies<br />

Programme at McMaster University.<br />

2007, 288 Pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-1364-4 / 978-0-7748-1364-8<br />

cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1365-2 / 978-0-7748-1365-5<br />

paper $32.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />

Guarding the Gates provides intriguing his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />

insight in<strong>to</strong> one of Canada’s most pressing<br />

contemporary social issues. Anyone interested<br />

in immigration, the labour market, multiculturalism,<br />

or racism will benefit from reading this<br />

thought-provoking book.<br />

– Gregory S. Kealey, Founding Edi<strong>to</strong>r of<br />

Labour/Le Travail and author of Workers and<br />

Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca<br />

5


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Nutrition Policy in Canada,<br />

1870–1939<br />

Aleck S. Ostry<br />

Capital and Labour in the<br />

British Columbia Forest<br />

Industry, 1934–74<br />

Gordon Hak<br />

Nutrition Policy in Canada,<br />

1870–1939 examines the<br />

beginnings and early evolution<br />

of nutrition policy developments,<br />

mainly at the<br />

federal level, from the late<br />

nineteenth century <strong>to</strong> the<br />

beginning of the Second<br />

<strong>World</strong> War. It outlines the<br />

development of a national<br />

system of food safety and<br />

surveillance, the federal<br />

government’s early policy focus on infant feeding, and<br />

the fac<strong>to</strong>rs leading <strong>to</strong> the establishment of a national<br />

dietary standard.<br />

Aleck Ostry surveys these early developments in<br />

the context of changing food security concerns,<br />

particularly during the challenging economic times of<br />

the 1930s, when, paradoxically, the health status of<br />

the population improved dramatically in spite of widespread<br />

hardship.<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction<br />

1 Establishing a Food Surveillance System in Canada<br />

2 Infant Mortality, Malnutrition, and Social Reform Prior <strong>to</strong><br />

the First <strong>World</strong> War<br />

3 The Medical Profession and Infant Feeding <strong>to</strong> the 1920s<br />

4 Cow’s Milk: A New Image for the 1920s<br />

5 The First National Infant Feeding Guidelines in Canada<br />

6 Food Safety and Marketing and the Role of the Medical<br />

Profession in Dispensing Nutritional Advice in the 1930s<br />

7 Food Security during the Depression<br />

8 Mortality from Nutritional Deficiency Diseases during<br />

the Depression<br />

9 The Canadian Council on Nutrition and the First National<br />

Dietary Standard<br />

10 Discussion and Conclusions<br />

References; Index<br />

2006, 150 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

9 figures, 6 tables<br />

0-7748-1327-X / 978-0-7748-1327-3 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1328-8 / 978-0-7748-1328-0 paper $34.95<br />

The his<strong>to</strong>ry of British<br />

Columbia’s economy<br />

in the 20th century is<br />

inextricably bound <strong>to</strong> the<br />

development of the forest<br />

industry. In this comprehensive<br />

study, Gordon<br />

Hak approaches this link<br />

from the perspective of<br />

workers and employers<br />

in the industry, examining<br />

the two main institutions<br />

that structured this relationship during the Fordist<br />

era: the companies and the unions.<br />

Hak investigates the broad relationship between<br />

capital and labour in a his<strong>to</strong>rical context, focusing<br />

on the corporations and their employees, but also<br />

taking account of the roles played by the state and<br />

environmental organizations. Drawing on theories<br />

of Fordism, the labour process, and discursive<br />

subjectivity, he relates daily routines of production<br />

and profit-making <strong>to</strong> broader forces of unionism,<br />

business ideology, ecological protest, technological<br />

change, and corporate concentration.<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction<br />

1 Companies, Markets, and Production Facilities<br />

2 The State, Sustained Yield, and Small Opera<strong>to</strong>rs<br />

3 Establishing Unions<br />

4 Union Politics<br />

5 The Daily Grind: Capital and Labour in the Era of the<br />

Collective Agreement<br />

6 Technology<br />

7 Companies and Unions Meet the Environmental<br />

Movement<br />

Final Remarks<br />

Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />

2006, 272 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

2 maps, 2 tables, 20 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s<br />

0-7748-1307-5 / 978-0-7748-1307-5 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1308-3 / 978-0-7748-1308-2 paper $29.95<br />

6<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

The Other Quiet Revolution<br />

National Identities in English<br />

Canada, 1945–71<br />

José E. Igartua<br />

In the twenty years following<br />

the Second <strong>World</strong> War,<br />

dominant representations<br />

of Canadian identity in<br />

anglophone public discourse<br />

underwent a deep<br />

transformation. Notions of<br />

Canadian identity based<br />

on British ethnic roots<br />

gave way <strong>to</strong> a civic-based<br />

concept of equality. The<br />

Other Quiet Revolution<br />

traces this transformation, which underscored the<br />

formation of Canadian nationhood, including the<br />

adoption of the Charter of Rights.<br />

The decade that followed, however, brought struggles<br />

with bilingualism and biculturalism as well as<br />

Quebec’s constitutional demands, which helped<br />

<strong>to</strong> popularize a new “civic” approach <strong>to</strong> national<br />

identity in anglophone Canada – one that embraced<br />

accommodation, pluralism, diversity, and openness.<br />

As English Canada reshaped its self-image, Igartua<br />

argues, the British definition of Canada dissolved and<br />

gave rise <strong>to</strong> an identity based on civic mores that<br />

were no longer linked <strong>to</strong> a British reference.<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction<br />

1 “Being of the Breed”<br />

2 The boundaries of Canadian citizenship<br />

3 Values, memories, symbols, myths, and traditions<br />

4 “This Nefarious Work”<br />

5 “When Tories Roar”<br />

6 “Predominantly of British origin”<br />

7 “Bewailing Their Loss”<br />

8 The End of Two Nations<br />

9 Conclusion<br />

Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />

2006, 352 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

2 figures, 1 table, 4 b/w illustrations<br />

0-7748-1088-2 / 978-0-7748-1088-3 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1091-2 / 978-0-7748-1091-3 paper $34.95<br />

National Visions,<br />

National Blindness<br />

Canadian Art and Identities in<br />

the 1920s<br />

Leslie Dawn<br />

In the 1920s a complex set<br />

of relationships linked the<br />

construction of a unified<br />

Canadian identity <strong>to</strong> the<br />

imperial centre (England),<br />

<strong>to</strong> the depiction of the<br />

landscape as an imagined<br />

national geography in the<br />

works of the Group of<br />

Seven, and <strong>to</strong> the image of<br />

the “Indian” as a disappearing<br />

race.<br />

Using new archival evidence, he reverses many<br />

of the conventional perceptions of the Group as<br />

a national school, and shows how, in a series of<br />

international exhibitions held in London and Paris,<br />

conflicts arose between their unpeopled landscapes<br />

and the presence of Northwest Coast Native peoples<br />

and arts. Tracing this conflicted his<strong>to</strong>ry through two<br />

state-sponsored programs among the Gitxsan people<br />

of the Upper Skeena River <strong>to</strong> the landmark 1927<br />

exhibition which brought these elements all <strong>to</strong>gether<br />

and staged the “discovery” of Emily Carr, Dawn<br />

shows how these programs ultimately failed, but at<br />

the same time opened the door <strong>to</strong> other directions.<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction<br />

1 Canadian Art in England<br />

2 England in Canadian Art<br />

3 Canadian Art in Paris<br />

4 Canadian Primitives in Paris<br />

5 Barbeau and Kihn with the S<strong>to</strong>ney in Alberta<br />

6 Barbeau and Kihn with the Gitxsan in British Columbia<br />

7 Giving Gitxsan Totem Poles a New Slant<br />

8 Representing and Repossessing the Skeena Valley<br />

9 West Coast Art, Native and Modern<br />

10 The Downfall of Barbeau<br />

11 Revisiting Carr<br />

Conclusion<br />

Notes; Bibliography; Illustration Credits; Index<br />

2006, 456 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

26 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s<br />

0-7748-1217-6 / 978-0-7748-1217-7 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1218-4 / 978-0-7748-1218-4 paper $34.95<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca 7


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

The Middle Power Project<br />

Canada and the Founding of the<br />

United Nations<br />

Adam Chapnick<br />

Shortlisted for the 2005<br />

Dafoe Book Prize,<br />

awarded by the JW Dafoe<br />

Foundation.<br />

During the Second <strong>World</strong><br />

War, Canada transformed<br />

itself from British dominion<br />

<strong>to</strong> self-proclaimed<br />

middle power. It became<br />

an active and enthusiastic<br />

participant in the creation<br />

of one of the longest-lasting global institutions of<br />

recent times: the United Nations. This was, in many<br />

his<strong>to</strong>rians’ opinions, the beginning of a golden age of<br />

Canadian diplomacy..<br />

Contents<br />

1 Introduction<br />

2 Two Steps Behind (Beginnings through January 1942)<br />

3 Private Failure: Canada and the UNRRA (January<br />

1942–November 1943)<br />

4 Public Success: Canada and the New Internationalism<br />

(January 1942–November 1943)<br />

5 Canada, the British Commonwealth, and the New <strong>World</strong><br />

<strong>Order</strong> (February 1943–March 1944)<br />

6 Forked Roads (November 1943–July 1944)<br />

7 Disappointment at Dumbar<strong>to</strong>n Oaks (April–Oc<strong>to</strong>ber<br />

1944)<br />

8 Middle Power Politics (Oc<strong>to</strong>ber 1944–April 1945)<br />

9 The Public Road <strong>to</strong> San Francisco (Oc<strong>to</strong>ber 1944–<br />

April 1945)<br />

10 Growing Up: Canada at San Francisco (April–June 1945)<br />

11 Shaping His<strong>to</strong>ry (June–Oc<strong>to</strong>ber 1945)<br />

Epilogue: Cherishing Illusions<br />

Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />

2005, 224 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-1247-8 / 978-0-7748-1247-4 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1248-6 / 978-0-7748-1248-1 paper $32.95<br />

The Heiress vs the<br />

Establishment<br />

Mrs. Campbell’s Campaign for<br />

Legal Justice<br />

Constance Backhouse and<br />

Nancy L. Backhouse<br />

Constance and Nancy<br />

Backhouse have given a<br />

new life <strong>to</strong> this extraordinary<br />

s<strong>to</strong>ry of a woman,<br />

raised in the elite society<br />

of Ontario, who represented<br />

herself in a bitter<br />

legal battle and became<br />

the first woman <strong>to</strong> argue<br />

before the Privy Council<br />

in London. The authors’<br />

meticulous and thoughtful<br />

treatment of Mrs.<br />

Campbell’s first-person<br />

account brings out multiple layers of insight on the<br />

legal profession, gender boundaries, and the fate of<br />

self-represented litigants.<br />

– Beverley McLachlin, Chief Justice of Canada<br />

Contents<br />

Preface / The Hon. Sydney M. Harris<br />

Acknowledgments<br />

Cast of Characters<br />

Introduction<br />

Where Angels Fear <strong>to</strong> Tread<br />

Prologue<br />

Book One, The Lost Will<br />

Book Two, The Plundered Estate<br />

Book Three, Counsel Lay Down Their Brief<br />

Book Four, My Struggle for England<br />

Book Five, Downing Street: The Privy Council<br />

Epilogue<br />

Appendix: Sequence of Legal Proceedings<br />

Notes; Index<br />

2004, 344 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

36 b/w illustrations<br />

0-7748-1052-1 / 978-0-7748-1052-4 cloth $45.00<br />

0-7748-1053-X / 978-0-7748-1053-1 paper $29.95<br />

LAW AND SOCIETY SERIES<br />

8<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

His<strong>to</strong>ricizing Canadian<br />

Anthropology<br />

Edited by Julia Harrison and<br />

Regna Darnell<br />

Do Glaciers Listen?<br />

Local Knowledge, Colonial<br />

Encounters, and Social Imagination<br />

Julie Cruikshank<br />

A major contribution<br />

<strong>to</strong> the field. Until now,<br />

the literature has been<br />

sparsely populated, so<br />

this volume is a landmark.<br />

It is absolutely unique in<br />

its scope, and will attract<br />

Canadian anthropologists<br />

and others interested<br />

in the his<strong>to</strong>ry of and the<br />

social sciences generally<br />

in Canada.<br />

– Jennifer Brown, co-edi<strong>to</strong>r<br />

of Reading Beyond Words:<br />

Contexts for Native His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

This comprehensive his<strong>to</strong>ry of Canadian anthropology,<br />

written by an expert group of authors, will form<br />

the foundation for future developments in the field.<br />

I strongly recommend it as an important text for<br />

undergraduates and graduate students.<br />

– Richard Pres<strong>to</strong>n, author of Cree Narrative:<br />

Expressing the Personal Meanings of Events<br />

His<strong>to</strong>ricizing Canadian Anthropology is a watershed<br />

that will revitalize critical reflexivity within the field.<br />

With contributions from a broad cross-section of anthropologists<br />

– from senior scholars <strong>to</strong> doc<strong>to</strong>ral students<br />

– this book is essential reading for practising<br />

Canadian anthropologists, their students, and others<br />

who seek <strong>to</strong> understand the his<strong>to</strong>rical con<strong>to</strong>urs of<br />

the field.<br />

Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs<br />

Julia Harrison; Regna Darnell; Michael Ames; Vered Amit;<br />

Colin Buchanan; Penny van Esterik; Nelson Graburn;<br />

Michelle Hamil<strong>to</strong>n; Robert Hancock; Brian McKillop; Kathy<br />

M’closkey and Kevin Manuel; David Nock; Andrew Nurse;<br />

Evie Plaice; Richard Pope; Josephine Smart and Alan Smart;<br />

Marc Adélard Tremblay; Jim Waldram and Pam Downe; Elvi<br />

Whittaker and David Howes; and Cory Willmott<br />

2006, 352 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-1272-9 / 978-0-7748-1272-6 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1273-7 / 978-0-7748-1273-3 paper $34.95<br />

Cruikshank’s book is<br />

sophisticated, rigorous,<br />

and exciting. Its pages<br />

brim with nuanced takes<br />

on epistemology, sensitive<br />

descriptions of ice,<br />

and rigorous analyses<br />

of cultural interactions.<br />

This is indeed a <strong>to</strong>ur de<br />

force in interdisciplinary<br />

studies.<br />

– Eric G. Wilson, Wake<br />

Forest University, American<br />

His<strong>to</strong>rical Review<br />

Do Glaciers Listen? is the Winner of the Canadian<br />

His<strong>to</strong>rical Association’s 2007 Clio Award for<br />

books on the Northern region; the Society for Humanistic<br />

Anthropology’s 2006 Vic<strong>to</strong>r Turner Prize<br />

in Ethnographic Writing; and the American Anthropological<br />

Association’s 2006 Julian Steward Award.<br />

Contents<br />

List of Illustrations<br />

Acknowledgments<br />

Introduction: The Stubborn Particularities of Voice<br />

Part 1: Matters of Locality<br />

1 Memories of the Little Ice Age<br />

2 Constructing Life S<strong>to</strong>ries: Glaciers as Social Spaces<br />

3 Listening for Different S<strong>to</strong>ries<br />

Part 2: Practices of Exploration<br />

4 Two Centuries of S<strong>to</strong>ries from Lituya Bay: Nature,<br />

Culture, and La Pérouse<br />

5 Bringing Icy Regions Home: John Muir in Alaska<br />

6 . Edward James Glave, the Alsek, and the Congo<br />

Part 3: Scientific Research in Sentient Places<br />

7 Mapping Boundaries: <strong>From</strong> S<strong>to</strong>ries <strong>to</strong> Borders<br />

8 Melting Glaciers and Emerging His<strong>to</strong>ries<br />

Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />

2005, 328 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

23 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 10 maps<br />

0-7748-1186-2 / 978-0-7748-1186-6 cloth $95.00<br />

0-7748-1187-0 / 978-0-7748-1187-3<br />

paper $32.95 CRO<br />

BRENDA AND DAVID MCLEAN CANADIAN STUDIES SERIES<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca 9


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

CCF Colonialism in<br />

Northern Saskatchewan<br />

Battling Parish Priests, Bootleggers,<br />

and Fur Sharks<br />

David M. Quiring<br />

Until the 1940s churches,<br />

fur traders, and other<br />

wealthy outsiders held<br />

uncontested control over<br />

Saskatchewan’s northern<br />

region. Following its rise<br />

<strong>to</strong> power in 1944, the CCF<br />

under<strong>to</strong>ok aggressive<br />

efforts <strong>to</strong> unseat these<br />

traditional powers and<br />

<strong>to</strong> install a new socialist<br />

economy and society in<br />

largely Aboriginal northern communities. The next<br />

two decades brought major changes <strong>to</strong> the region<br />

as well-meaning government planners grossly<br />

misjudged the challenges that confronted the north<br />

and failed <strong>to</strong> implement programs that would meet<br />

northern needs. As the CCF’s efforts <strong>to</strong> modernize<br />

and assimilate northern people met with frustration,<br />

it was the northern people themselves that inevitably<br />

suffered from the fallout of this failure.<br />

In an elegantly written his<strong>to</strong>ry that documents the<br />

colonial relationship between the CCF and the<br />

Saskatchewan north, David M. Quiring draws on<br />

extensive archival research and oral his<strong>to</strong>ry <strong>to</strong> offer<br />

a fresh look at the CCF era. This examination will find<br />

a welcome audience among his<strong>to</strong>rians of the north,<br />

Aboriginal scholars, and general readers.<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction<br />

Part 1: At the Crossroads<br />

Part 2: Building the Colonial Structure<br />

Part 3: The Segregated Economy<br />

Part 4: Poverty-Stricken and Disease-Ridden<br />

Epilogue We Will Measure Our Success<br />

Appendices; Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />

2004, 376 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0938-8 / 978-0-7748-0938-2 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-0939-6 / 978-0-7748-0939-9 paper $29.95<br />

Northern Exposures<br />

Pho<strong>to</strong>graphing and Filming the<br />

Canadian North, 1920–45<br />

Peter Geller<br />

This book examines the<br />

pho<strong>to</strong>graphic and film<br />

practice of the Canadian<br />

government, the Anglican<br />

Church of Canada, and the<br />

Hudson’s Bay Company,<br />

the three major colonial<br />

institutions involved in the<br />

Arctic and Subarctic. In the<br />

first half of the twentieth<br />

century, visual representations<br />

of the region were<br />

widely circulated in official publications and presented<br />

in film shows. Geller reveals the varied ways in<br />

which taking and displaying pictures of northern people<br />

and places contributed <strong>to</strong> the extension of control<br />

over the northern reaches of the Canadian nation.<br />

Northern Exposures contributes <strong>to</strong> understandings<br />

of twentieth-century visual culture and the relationship<br />

between pho<strong>to</strong>graphic ways of seeing and the<br />

expansion of colonial power, while raising important<br />

questions about the role of visual representation in<br />

understanding the past.<br />

Contents<br />

1 Taking Pictures and Making His<strong>to</strong>ry: Pho<strong>to</strong>graphic<br />

Representation and the Canadian North<br />

2 More Than “A Mass of Ice and Snow”: Visualizing the<br />

State in “Canada’s Arctic”<br />

3 Pictures of the “Arctic Night”: Archibald Lang Fleming<br />

and Missionary Messages of the North<br />

4 The Business of Representing the North: Filmmakers,<br />

Pho<strong>to</strong>graphers, and the Fur Traders of the Hudson’s<br />

Bay Company<br />

5 <strong>From</strong> Back <strong>to</strong> Baffin <strong>to</strong> Canada Moves North: Richard<br />

Finnie’s Northern Visions<br />

6 “Re-Making It In<strong>to</strong> Here”: Representation and Power in<br />

Northern Imagery<br />

Notes; Bibliography; Filmography; Index<br />

2004, 280 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

86 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s<br />

0-7748-0927-2 / 978-0-7748-0927-6 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-0928-0 / 978-0-7748-0928-3 paper $32.95<br />

10<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

A His<strong>to</strong>ry of Migration<br />

from Germany <strong>to</strong> Canada,<br />

1850-1939<br />

Jonathan Wagner<br />

A very important book<br />

– the first, in fact, looking<br />

at this subject. The narrative<br />

is clearly written<br />

and it would interest both<br />

those studying immigration<br />

and ethnic his<strong>to</strong>ry, as<br />

well as the German-Canadian<br />

reading public.<br />

– Alexander Freund,<br />

Chair, German-Canadian<br />

Studies, University of<br />

Winnipeg<br />

While much has been written about Canada’s multicultural<br />

heritage, little attention has been paid <strong>to</strong><br />

German migrants although they compose Canada’s<br />

third largest European ethnic minority.<br />

A His<strong>to</strong>ry of Migration from Germany <strong>to</strong> Canada,<br />

1850-1939 addresses that gap in the record.<br />

Jonathan Wagner considers why Germans left their<br />

home country, why they chose <strong>to</strong> settle in Canada,<br />

who assisted their passage, and how they crossed<br />

the ocean <strong>to</strong> their new home, as well as how the<br />

Canadian government perceived and solicited<br />

them as immigrants. He examines the German<br />

context as closely as developments in Canada,<br />

offering a new, more complete approach <strong>to</strong> German-Canadian<br />

immigration.<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction<br />

1 Migration in the 1850s and 1860s<br />

2 Migration in the Age of Bismarck and Macdonald, 1870-<br />

90<br />

3 Migration in the Generation before the Great War, 1890-<br />

1914<br />

4 Interwar Migration, 1919-1939<br />

Conclusion<br />

Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />

Negotiating Identities in<br />

19th and 20th Century<br />

Montreal<br />

Edited by Bettina Bradbury and<br />

Tamara Myers<br />

Negotiating Identities<br />

presents a colourful<br />

tapestry of Montreal’s<br />

social his<strong>to</strong>ry in essays<br />

that respond sensitively<br />

<strong>to</strong> issues of class, gender,<br />

age, religion, and<br />

culture... These studies<br />

enrich our knowledge of<br />

one of Canada’s great<br />

cities and raise questions<br />

that warrant investigation<br />

in other urban contexts.<br />

– Judith Fingard, co-edi<strong>to</strong>r<br />

of Mothers of the Municipality: Women, Work,<br />

and Social Policy in Post-1945 Halifax<br />

Negotiating Identities in 19th and 20th Century<br />

Montreal illuminates the cultural complexity and<br />

richness of a modernizing city and its people.<br />

Readers will discover the links between identity,<br />

place, and his<strong>to</strong>rical moment as they meet vagrant<br />

women, sailors in port, unemployed men of the<br />

Great Depression, elite families, shopkeepers,<br />

reformers, notaries, and social workers, among<br />

others. This fascinating study explores the intersections<br />

of state, people, and the voluntary sec<strong>to</strong>r<br />

<strong>to</strong> elucidate the processes that <strong>to</strong>ok people<br />

between homes and cemeteries, between families<br />

and shops, and on<strong>to</strong> the streets.<br />

Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs<br />

Mary Anne Poutanen; Darcy Ingram; Anna Shea and<br />

Suzanne Mor<strong>to</strong>n; Brian Young; Marie-Eve Harbec; Karine<br />

Hébert; Sylvie Taschereau; and Jarrett Rudy<br />

2005, 328 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

15 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s<br />

0-7748-1197-8 / 978-0-7748-1197-2 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1198-6 / 978-0-7748-1198-9 paper $32.95<br />

2005, 296 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-1215-X / 978-0-7748-1215-3 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1216-8 / 978-0-7748-1216-0 paper $32.95<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca 11


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

River of Memory<br />

The Everlasting Columbia<br />

William D. Layman<br />

Vanishing British Columbia<br />

Michael Kluckner<br />

The Columbia River<br />

of <strong>to</strong>day bears little<br />

resemblance <strong>to</strong> the<br />

river Native Americans,<br />

First Nations,<br />

and settlers knew in<br />

the early twentieth<br />

century. Engineering<br />

has transformed<br />

much of the river in<strong>to</strong> a series of large reservoirs<br />

contained by fourteen hydroelectric dams. While<br />

many grieved the loss of the free-flowing river, others<br />

embraced a newly tamed waterway that could control<br />

floods, irrigate desert lands, and supply electrical<br />

power for the growing region.<br />

River of Memory honours a place and time now<br />

gone from view. It res<strong>to</strong>res an unfettered Columbia<br />

through more than ninety his<strong>to</strong>rical pho<strong>to</strong>graphs that<br />

capture the river as it once appeared. This extraordinary<br />

visual record is accompanied by the words<br />

of early explorers, surveyors, and naturalists who<br />

wrote about specific places along the river and by<br />

the work of contemporary Canadian and American<br />

writers and poets.<br />

Contents<br />

Foreword<br />

Introduction<br />

1 The Mouth of the Columbia <strong>to</strong> Celilo Falls<br />

2 Celilo Falls <strong>to</strong> Snake River<br />

3 Snake River <strong>to</strong> the International Boundary<br />

4 International Boundary <strong>to</strong> Columbia Lake<br />

Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs<br />

Credits; Acknowledgments<br />

2006, 168 pages, 11 x 9”<br />

130 colour and duo<strong>to</strong>ne illustrations<br />

0-7748-1303-2 / 978-0-7748-1303-7 paper $29.95<br />

The old buildings and<br />

his<strong>to</strong>ric places of<br />

British Columbia form<br />

a kind of “roadside<br />

memory,” a tangible<br />

link with s<strong>to</strong>ries of<br />

settlement, change,<br />

and abandonment<br />

that reflect the great<br />

themes of our his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />

With small <strong>to</strong>wns<br />

declining and old rural<br />

properties changing, so little of the his<strong>to</strong>ry of these<br />

places has been recorded in museums or archives,<br />

and so much of it may disappear as families disperse<br />

and memories dim.<br />

The study of roadside memory demonstrates the<br />

visceral connection that people, especially those<br />

who are part of the rural-<strong>to</strong>-urban diaspora of modern<br />

times, have for the sites of their family memories.<br />

On a grander scale this approach leads <strong>to</strong> a<br />

broader understanding of more abstract his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />

themes and of the province’s his<strong>to</strong>ry and culture. It<br />

also presents a compelling argument for stewardship<br />

of regional his<strong>to</strong>ry in the face of urbanization<br />

and globalization.<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction<br />

1 Themes & Variations<br />

2 Southwestern Mainland<br />

3 Hope-Prince<strong>to</strong>n & Tulameen<br />

4 The Okanagan; Boundary Country<br />

5 The Kootenays<br />

6 Fraser-Thompson-Shuswap<br />

7 Vancouver Island<br />

8 The Cariboo & the Chilcotin<br />

9 The Nort<br />

10 The Future<br />

Painting Notes; Additional Notes & Acknowledgments;<br />

Bibliography; Index<br />

224 pages, 8.5 x 11”<br />

220 colour illus., 130 b/w illus., 22 maps<br />

0-7748-1125-0 / 978-0-7748-1125-5 cloth $49.95<br />

0-7748-1126-9 / 978-0-7748-1126-2 paper $39.95<br />

12<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Environmental His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Awful Splendour<br />

A Fire His<strong>to</strong>ry of Canada<br />

Stephen J. Pyne<br />

Another blockbuster from one of the world’s foremost<br />

environmental his<strong>to</strong>rians. Pyne is a master of rich detail<br />

married <strong>to</strong> grand narrative, and Canada provides a<br />

huge subject worthy of those talents. He portrays that<br />

great northern country in all of its ecological complexity<br />

and then shows how a complex political entity of<br />

nation and province interacted <strong>to</strong> forge policy. This<br />

book sets a new standard for all future writing about<br />

Canadian lands and peoples.<br />

– Donald Worster, author, Nature’s Economy:<br />

A His<strong>to</strong>ry of Ecological Ideas<br />

Fire is a defining element in Canadian land and life. With<br />

few exceptions, Canada’s forests and prairies have<br />

evolved with fire; its peoples have exploited fire and<br />

sought <strong>to</strong> protect themselves from its excesses; and<br />

since Confederation, the country has devised institutions<br />

<strong>to</strong> connect fire and society. Awful Splendour narrates<br />

the his<strong>to</strong>ry of this grand saga.<br />

Fire remains a vital presence in the boreal environment.<br />

How Canadians have chosen <strong>to</strong> relate <strong>to</strong> it says a great<br />

deal about their national character. Awful Splendour will<br />

interest geographers, his<strong>to</strong>rians, and members of the<br />

fire community.<br />

Contents<br />

Author’s note: A Boreal Burning Bush<br />

Prologue: White Canada<br />

Book 1: Torch<br />

Book 2: Axe<br />

With Fire in Their Eyes: Gabriel Sagard and Henry Hind<br />

“Burning Most Furiously”<br />

Book 3: Engine<br />

Dominion of Fire: Canada’s Quest for Fire Conservancy<br />

Sea and Shield: Fire Provinces of Eastern Canada<br />

Fire’s Lesser Dominion<br />

Plain and Mountain: Fire Provinces of Western Canada<br />

Revanchism and Federalism<br />

Fire’s Outer Limits: Fire Provinces on the Fringe<br />

Epilogue: Green Canada<br />

Notes<br />

Bibliographic Essay<br />

Index<br />

Stephen J. Pyne is a professor in the School of<br />

Life Sciences at Arizona State University.<br />

Oc<strong>to</strong>ber 2007<br />

450 pages, est., 6 x 9”<br />

Approx. 32 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 6 maps<br />

0-7748-1391-1 / 978-0-7748-1391-4<br />

cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1392-X / 978-0-7748-1392-1<br />

paper $34.95 (publishing July 2008)<br />

NATURE | HISTORY | SOCIETY SERIES<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca<br />

13


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Environmental His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Creating a Modern<br />

Countryside<br />

Liberalism and Land Resettlement<br />

in British Columbia<br />

James Mur<strong>to</strong>n<br />

Exceptionally well-written.<br />

This book makes a very<br />

significant contribution<br />

indeed <strong>to</strong> environmental<br />

his<strong>to</strong>ry, BC his<strong>to</strong>ry, and<br />

intellectual his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />

– Barry Ferguson, author<br />

of Remaking Liberalism<br />

In the early 1900s, British<br />

Columbia embarked on<br />

a brief but intense effort,<br />

with long consequences,<br />

<strong>to</strong> manufacture a modern countryside. For the first<br />

time, the state directly intervened in planning and<br />

implementing land settlement. Creating a Modern<br />

Countryside examines how this process unfolded<br />

and assesses its consequences.<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction<br />

Part 1: A Modern Countryside<br />

1 Liberalism and the Land<br />

2 Soldiers, Science, and an Alternative Modernity<br />

Part 2: Where Apples Grow Best<br />

3 Stump Farms: Soldier Settlements at Merville<br />

4 Creating <strong>Order</strong> at Sumas<br />

5 Achieving the Modern Countryside<br />

Part 3: Back <strong>to</strong> Work<br />

6 Pattullo’s New Deal<br />

Conclusion<br />

Appendix<br />

Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />

2007, 280 Pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-1337-7 / 978-0-7748-1337-2 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1338-5 / 978-0-7748-1338-9<br />

paper $32.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />

NATURE | HISTORY | SOCIETY SERIES<br />

The Archive of Place<br />

Unearthing the Pasts of<br />

the Chilcotin Plateau<br />

William J. Turkel<br />

William Turkel’s great<br />

achievement in this book<br />

is <strong>to</strong> show how once takenfor-granted<br />

accounts of<br />

geophysical processes,<br />

Aboriginal occupancy, and<br />

colonial settler society<br />

have now come <strong>to</strong> underpin<br />

sharply conflicting<br />

understandings of his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />

– Julie Cruikshank, author,<br />

Do Glaciers Listen?<br />

This book weaves <strong>to</strong>gether<br />

a series of narratives about environmental his<strong>to</strong>ry in<br />

British Columbia’s Chilcotin Plateau. In the 1990s, the<br />

Chilcotin was at the centre of three terri<strong>to</strong>rial conflicts.<br />

Opposing groups, in their struggle <strong>to</strong> control the fate<br />

of the region, invoked different understandings of its<br />

past – and different types of evidence – <strong>to</strong> justify their<br />

actions. Turkel uses these controversies as case studies<br />

<strong>to</strong> examine how people interpret material traces <strong>to</strong><br />

reconstruct past events, the conditions under which<br />

such interpretation takes place, and the role that this<br />

interpretation plays in his<strong>to</strong>rical consciousness and social<br />

memory. It is a wide-ranging and original study that<br />

extends the span of conventional his<strong>to</strong>rical research.<br />

Contents<br />

Foreword: Putting Things in Their Place / Graeme Wynn<br />

Preface; Acknowledgments<br />

Part 1: Deep Time in the Present<br />

Part 2: The Horizon of Experience<br />

Part 3: Shadowed Ground<br />

Afterword<br />

Appendices<br />

A Glacial Time<br />

B Geological Time<br />

Glossary; Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />

Spring 2007, 352 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

3 maps, 1 figure<br />

0-7748-1376-8 / 978-0-7748-1376-1 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1377-6 / 978-0-7748-1377-8<br />

paper $32.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />

NATURE | HISTORY | SOCIETY SERIES<br />

14<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Environmental His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Hunters at the Margin<br />

Native People and Wildlife<br />

Conservation in the Northwest<br />

Terri<strong>to</strong>ries<br />

John Sandlos<br />

With deft prose and an<br />

array of revealing case<br />

studies, John Sandlos<br />

presents a powerful<br />

new interpretation of<br />

Canada’s conservation<br />

policies in the Northwest<br />

Terri<strong>to</strong>ries. Hunters at<br />

the Margin could not be<br />

more central <strong>to</strong> current<br />

efforts <strong>to</strong> rethink the<br />

his<strong>to</strong>ries of nature and<br />

Native peoples alike.<br />

– Karl Jacoby, author of Crimes Against Nature<br />

Hunters at the Margin draws on themes from<br />

Canadian, environmental, and ecological his<strong>to</strong>ry,<br />

Northern studies, and Native studies <strong>to</strong> illuminate<br />

the intersection between the discourse of wildlife<br />

conservation and the expansion of state power in<br />

northern Canada.<br />

Contents<br />

Maps, Tables, Figures<br />

Foreword: The Enigmatic North / Graeme Wynn<br />

Preface<br />

Introduction: Wildlife and Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Part 1: Bison<br />

1 Making Space for Wood Bison<br />

2 Control on the Range<br />

3 Pas<strong>to</strong>ral Dreams<br />

Part 2: Muskox<br />

4 The Polar Ox<br />

Part 3: Caribou<br />

5 La Foule! La Foule!<br />

6 To Save the Wild Caribou<br />

7 The Caribou Crisis<br />

Conclusion, Appendix, Notes, Bibliography, Index<br />

2007, 352 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-1362-8 / 978-07748-1362-4 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1363-6 / 978-07748-1363-1<br />

paper $32.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />

NATURE | HISTORY | SOCIETY SERIES<br />

Hunting for Empire<br />

Narratives of Sport in<br />

Rupert’s Land, 1840–70<br />

Greg Gillespie<br />

This work provides an<br />

innovative examination of<br />

material not often covered<br />

in Canadian his<strong>to</strong>riography.<br />

It brings <strong>to</strong>gether<br />

approaches and questions<br />

from sport his<strong>to</strong>ry and<br />

cultural his<strong>to</strong>ry … By<br />

situating the discussion so<br />

effectively in the context<br />

of current work in cultural<br />

his<strong>to</strong>ry, the manuscript<br />

provides an excellent way<br />

of encouraging readers <strong>to</strong><br />

examine published materials in a new light.<br />

– Colin Coates, Canada Research Chair in Cultural<br />

Landscapes, York University<br />

Despite Canada’s vast wilderness and outdoor<br />

heritage, the his<strong>to</strong>ry of sport hunting remains at the<br />

periphery of academic thought. Hunting for Empire<br />

writes sport hunting in<strong>to</strong> Canadian scholarship and<br />

provides a starting point for further study.<br />

Hunting for Empire offers a cultural his<strong>to</strong>ry of sport<br />

and imperialism as revealed through 19th-century<br />

British big-game hunting and exploration narratives<br />

from the western interior of Rupert’s Land. Greg<br />

Gillespie integrates critical perspectives from cultural<br />

his<strong>to</strong>ry, cultural studies, literary criticism, and<br />

cultural geography <strong>to</strong> analyze the themes of authorship,<br />

sport, science, and nature. Blending these<br />

interdisciplinary perspectives, he produces a unique<br />

theoretical lens <strong>to</strong> study narratives of early imperial<br />

sport hunting that prevailed before the rise of western<br />

Canada’s hunting <strong>to</strong>urism industry in the late 19th<br />

century.<br />

Oc<strong>to</strong>ber 2007, 176 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

22 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s<br />

0-7748-1354-7 / 978-0-7748-1354-9 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1355-5 / 978-0-7748-1355-6<br />

paper $32.95 (publishing July 2008)<br />

NATURE | HISTORY | SOCIETY SERIES<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca<br />

15


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Environmental His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

The Culture of Flushing<br />

A Social and Legal His<strong>to</strong>ry of<br />

Sewage<br />

Jamie Benidickson<br />

States of Nature<br />

Conserving Canada’s Wildlife in the<br />

Twentieth Century<br />

Tina Loo<br />

Benidickson does a fine<br />

job of comparing issues<br />

across national borders,<br />

and is one of only a very<br />

few studies that integrates<br />

English, American,<br />

and Canadian experiences.This<br />

is a very good<br />

synthesis of an important<br />

<strong>to</strong>pic that should be of<br />

interest <strong>to</strong> scholars in<br />

many fields and <strong>to</strong> people<br />

in many walks of life.<br />

– Martin V. Melosi, author, Effluent America and<br />

The Sanitary City<br />

To most, the flush of a <strong>to</strong>ilet seems a routine motion<br />

<strong>to</strong> banish waste and ensure cleanliness: safe, efficient,<br />

necessary, nonpolitical, and utterly unremarkable.<br />

However, this social and legal his<strong>to</strong>ry of sewage<br />

in Canada, the US, and the UK demonstrates that the<br />

uncontroversial reputation of flushing is deceptive. In<br />

a time when community water quality can no longer<br />

be taken for granted, this book is particularly relevant,<br />

as it delves in<strong>to</strong> and clarifies the murky issues<br />

surrounding the evolution of the culture of flushing.<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction<br />

1 The Advantage of a Flow of Water<br />

2 Navigating Aquatic Priorities<br />

3 A Source of Civic Pride<br />

4 The Water Closet Revolution<br />

5 Municipal Evacuation<br />

6 Learning <strong>to</strong> Live Downstream<br />

7 The Bacterial Assault on Local Government<br />

8 The Dilutionary Impulse at Chicago<br />

9 Separating Water from the Waterways<br />

10 Streams are Nature’s Sewers<br />

11 Riparian Resurrection<br />

12 Governing Water<br />

Conclusion: Water Quality and the Future of Flushing<br />

2006, 368 pages, 12 b/w illustrations, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-1291-5 / 978-0-7748-1291-7 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1292-3 / 978-0-7748-1292-4<br />

paper $29.95 (publishing July 2007)<br />

NATURE | HISTORY | SOCIETY SERIES<br />

Loo uses the his<strong>to</strong>ry of<br />

Canadian wildlife conservation<br />

as a lens through<br />

which <strong>to</strong> view the changing<br />

attitude of Canadians<br />

<strong>to</strong> wildlife in the twentieth<br />

century… It is this kind of<br />

reassessment that makes<br />

States of Nature such<br />

a welcome addition <strong>to</strong><br />

the literature on wildlife<br />

conservation<br />

– Bill Waiser, The Beaver<br />

Winner of the Canadian His<strong>to</strong>rical Association’s<br />

2007 Sir John A. Macdonald Prize.<br />

States of Nature traces the social, political, and his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />

roots of Canadian wildlife conservation. While<br />

noting the influence of celebrity conservationists<br />

such as Jack Miner and Grey Owl, Tina Loo emphasizes<br />

the impact of ordinary people on the evolution<br />

of wildlife management in Canada. She also explores<br />

the elements leading up <strong>to</strong> the emergence of the<br />

modern environmental movement, ranging from the<br />

reliance on and practical knowledge of wildlife demonstrated<br />

by rural people <strong>to</strong> the more aloof and scientific<br />

approach of state-sponsored environmentalism.<br />

Contents<br />

Preface / Graeme Wynn<br />

Introduction<br />

1 Wild by Law: Animals, People, and the State <strong>to</strong> 1945<br />

2 Make Way for Wildlife: Colonization, Resistance, and<br />

Transformation<br />

3 The Dominion of Father Goose: Local Knowledge and<br />

Wildlife Conservation<br />

4 The Hudson’s Bay Company and Scientific Conservation<br />

5 Buffalo Burgers and Reindeer Steaks: Government<br />

Wildlife Conservation in Postwar Canada<br />

6 Preda<strong>to</strong>rs and Postwar Conservation<br />

7 <strong>From</strong> Wildlife <strong>to</strong> Wild Places<br />

Conclusion; Pho<strong>to</strong> essay; Bibliography; Index<br />

2006, 320 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

35 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 1 map<br />

0-7748-1289-3 / 978-0-7748-1289-4 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1290-7 / 978-0-7748-1290-0 paper $29.95<br />

NATURE | HISTORY | SOCIETY SERIES<br />

16<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Environmental His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Shaped by the West Wind<br />

Nature and His<strong>to</strong>ry in Georgian Bay<br />

Claire Elizabeth Campbell<br />

Culture of Hunting in Canada<br />

Edited by Jean Manore and Dale<br />

Miner<br />

Campbell gives a wellreasoned<br />

and reflective<br />

yet unromanticized account<br />

of a place that has<br />

captivated many people<br />

for centuries (herself and<br />

myself included). Her<br />

prose is crisp and fluid,<br />

and the book is a true<br />

pleasure <strong>to</strong> read.<br />

– Nik Luka, University of<br />

Toron<strong>to</strong> Quarterly<br />

This is not a narrowly<br />

conceived local his<strong>to</strong>ry but a focused argument<br />

about how places take on shifting cultural meanings<br />

over time. Claire Elizabeth Campbell argues that<br />

the environment of Georgian Bay is not simply<br />

an imagined geography but has been created<br />

through an active engagement between cultural<br />

readings and physical circumstances. Shaped<br />

by the West Wind speaks <strong>to</strong> a wide variety of<br />

disciplines including geography, art and design,<br />

literary criticism, environmental studies, and public<br />

his<strong>to</strong>ry. It will appeal <strong>to</strong> anyone interested in the<br />

environmental dimensions of Canadian his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />

Contents<br />

Foreword: Of Canoes and Pines and Rock-Bound Gardens /<br />

Graeme Wynn<br />

Introduction: Writing a His<strong>to</strong>ry of Place<br />

1 “What word of this curious country”: Surveying the<br />

His<strong>to</strong>rical Landscape<br />

2 “A Region of Importance”: Industry and Land Use<br />

3 “A Vivid Reminder of a Vanished Era”: Imagining Natives<br />

and His<strong>to</strong>ry in a Terre Sauvage<br />

4 Rocks and Reefs: The Culture of an Inland Sea<br />

5 “Our Dear North Country”: Developing a Sense of Place<br />

6 “Some Proper Rule”: Managing and Protecting<br />

Georgian Bay<br />

Conclusion Listening <strong>to</strong> the Bay<br />

Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />

2004, 320 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-1098-X / 978-0-7748-1098-2 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1099-8 / 978-0-7748-1099-9 paper $32.95<br />

The Culture of Hunting in<br />

Canada is about a pivotal<br />

but little studied aspect of<br />

Canadian his<strong>to</strong>ry, culture,<br />

and society. It covers<br />

elements of the his<strong>to</strong>ry of<br />

hunting from the pre-colonial<br />

period until the present<br />

in all parts of Canada,<br />

featuring essays by practitioners<br />

and scholars of<br />

hunting and by pro- and<br />

anti-hunting lobbyists. The result crosses the boundaries<br />

between scholarship and personal reflection, and<br />

between academia and advocacy.<br />

The essays collected here address important his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />

and contemporary issues regarding the culture<br />

and practice of hunting. Topics include hunting identities;<br />

conservation and its relationship <strong>to</strong> hunting; tensions<br />

between hunters and non-hunters and between<br />

Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal hunting groups; hunting<br />

ethics; debates over hunting practices and regulations;<br />

animal rights; and gun control. The discussion<br />

involves consideration of the social, political, and<br />

economic context as well as class and racial tensions<br />

between sport hunters and subsistence hunters.<br />

Contents<br />

Illustrations<br />

Preface<br />

Introduction<br />

Part 1: Hunting and Identity<br />

Part 2: Hunting and Conservation in His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Part 3: Hunting and Contemporary Challenges<br />

Conclusion;<br />

Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs<br />

Index<br />

2006, 288 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

2 figures, 2 tables, 7 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s<br />

0-7748-1293-1 / 978-0-7748-1293-1 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1294-X / 978-0-7748-1294-8 paper $32.95<br />

NATURE | HISTORY | SOCIETY SERIES<br />

www.ubcpress.ca / 1 877 864 8477 17


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Native His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Myth and Memory<br />

S<strong>to</strong>ries of Indigenous-European Contact<br />

Edited by John Sut<strong>to</strong>n Lutz<br />

The so-called “contact narratives” – s<strong>to</strong>ries indigenous<br />

peoples and Europeans tell about their first encounters<br />

with each other – are enormously valuable his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />

records, but their relevance is not limited <strong>to</strong> the<br />

past. For settlers, they are origin s<strong>to</strong>ries, explanations<br />

for their arrival, and the opening paragraph of<br />

a long rationale for displacing indigenous peoples.<br />

For indigenous peoples, the s<strong>to</strong>ries are a prologue <strong>to</strong><br />

their world’s upheaval. For both, contact s<strong>to</strong>ries are a<br />

mytho-his<strong>to</strong>rical opening act <strong>to</strong> a play that we continuously<br />

recreate and re-perform.<br />

Myth and Memory argues that we are still in the contact<br />

zone, struggling <strong>to</strong> understand the meaning of contact<br />

between indigenous and settler populations. It will appeal<br />

<strong>to</strong> scholars and students in Canadian his<strong>to</strong>ry and<br />

First Nations studies, as well as <strong>to</strong> his<strong>to</strong>ry enthusiasts<br />

and other readers interested in contact narratives.<br />

John Sut<strong>to</strong>n Lutz is an associate professor of<br />

his<strong>to</strong>ry at the University of Vic<strong>to</strong>ria.<br />

Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs include Judith Binney,<br />

Keith Thor Carlson, J. Edward (Ted) Chamberlin,<br />

Nora Dauenhauer and Richard Dauenhauer,<br />

Michael Harkin, I.S. MacLaren, Patrick Moore,<br />

and Wendy Wickwire.<br />

2007, 256 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-1262-1 / 978-07748-1262-7<br />

cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1263-X / 978-07748-1263-4<br />

paper $32.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />

Contents<br />

Acknowledgments<br />

Myth Understandings; or First Contact, Over and Over Again /<br />

John Sut<strong>to</strong>n Lutz<br />

1 Close Encounters of the First Kind / J. Edward Chamberlin<br />

2 First Contact as a Spiritual Performance: Encounters on the<br />

North American West Coast / John Sut<strong>to</strong>n Lutz<br />

3 Reflections on Indigenous His<strong>to</strong>ry and Memory:<br />

Reconstructing and Reconsidering Contact / Keith Thor<br />

Carlson<br />

4 Poking Fun: Humour and Power in Kaska Contact Narratives<br />

/ Patrick Moore<br />

5 Herbert Spencer, Paul Kane, and the Making of “The<br />

Chinook” / I.S. MacLaren<br />

6 Performing Paradox: Narrativity and the Lost Colony of<br />

Roanoke / Michael Harkin<br />

7 S<strong>to</strong>ries from the Margins: Toward a More Inclusive British<br />

Columbia His<strong>to</strong>riography / Wendy Wickwire<br />

8 When the White Kawau Flies / Judith Binney<br />

9 The Interpreter as Contact Point: Avoiding Collisions in<br />

Tlingit America / Richard Dauenhauer and Nora Marks<br />

Dauenhauer and<br />

Notes, Bibliography, Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs, Index<br />

18<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Native His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Makúk<br />

A New His<strong>to</strong>ry of Aboriginal-White Relations<br />

John Sut<strong>to</strong>n Lutz<br />

The his<strong>to</strong>ry of Aboriginal-settler interactions in Canada<br />

continues <strong>to</strong> haunt the national imagination. Despite<br />

billions of dollars spent on the “Indian problem,” Aboriginal<br />

people remain the poorest in the country. Because<br />

the stereotype of the “lazy Indian” is never far from the<br />

surface, many Canadians wonder if the problem lay with<br />

“Indians” themselves.<br />

John Lutz traces Aboriginal people’s involvement in the<br />

new economy, and their displacement from it, from the<br />

first arrival of Europeans <strong>to</strong> the 1970s. Drawing upon<br />

oral his<strong>to</strong>ries, manuscripts, newspaper accounts, biographies,<br />

and statistical analysis, Lutz shows that Aboriginal<br />

people flocked <strong>to</strong> the workforce and prospered in<br />

the late 19th century. The roots of <strong>to</strong>day’s widespread<br />

unemployment and “welfare dependency” date only<br />

from the 1950s, when deliberate and inadvertent policy<br />

choices – what Lutz terms the “white problem”– drove<br />

Aboriginal people out of the capitalist, wage, and<br />

subsistence economies, offering them welfare as “compensation.”<br />

Makúk invites readers in<strong>to</strong> a dialogue with the past with<br />

visual imagery and an engaging narrative that gives a<br />

voice <strong>to</strong> Aboriginal peoples and other his<strong>to</strong>rical figures.<br />

Students, scholars, policy-makers (Aboriginal and non-<br />

Aboriginal), and a wide public who care <strong>to</strong> bring the<br />

spectres of the past in<strong>to</strong> the light of the present will find<br />

the book insightful and invaluable.<br />

Contents<br />

Preface; Acknowledgments<br />

1 Introduction<br />

2 The Lazy Indian<br />

3 The Lekwungen<br />

4 The Tsilhqot’in<br />

5 Outside His<strong>to</strong>ry: Labourers of the Aboriginal Province<br />

6 The White Problem<br />

7 Prestige <strong>to</strong> Welfare: Remaking the Moditional Economy<br />

8 Conclusion: The Outer Edge of Probability, 1970–2006<br />

Appendices<br />

Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />

John Sut<strong>to</strong>n Lutz teaches in the Department<br />

of His<strong>to</strong>ry at the University of Vic<strong>to</strong>ria and is coedi<strong>to</strong>r,<br />

with Jo-Anne Lee, of Situating “Race” and<br />

Racisms in Space, Time, and Theory.<br />

September 2007<br />

416 pages, 8 x 10”<br />

80 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 10 maps, 10 tables, 8 figures<br />

0-7748-1139-0 / 978-0-7748-1139-2<br />

cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1140-4 / 978-0-7748-1140-8<br />

paper $32.95 (publishing July 2008)<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca<br />

19


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Native His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Be of Good Mind<br />

Essays on the Coast Salish<br />

Edited by Bruce Granville Miller<br />

Be of Good Mind brings <strong>to</strong>gether the views of Aboriginal<br />

leaders, anthropologists, his<strong>to</strong>rians, archaeologists,<br />

and linguists about how Coast Salish lives<br />

and identities have been reshaped by two colonizing<br />

nations and by networks of kinfolk, spiritual practices,<br />

and understandings of landscape.<br />

This is the first book-length effort <strong>to</strong> directly incorporate<br />

Aboriginal perspectives and a broad interdisciplinary approach<br />

<strong>to</strong> research about the Coast Salish. Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs<br />

point <strong>to</strong> the continual reshaping of Coast Salish identities<br />

through litigation and language revitalization, as<br />

well as community efforts <strong>to</strong> reclaim their connections<br />

with the environment.<br />

Readers interested in First Nations his<strong>to</strong>ry and contemporary<br />

issues in Canada and Aboriginal-academic<br />

relations will find this essential reading, as will scholars<br />

interested in ethnographic methods and interdisciplinary<br />

inquiry.<br />

Bruce Granville Miller is a professor of<br />

anthropology at the University of<br />

British Columbia.<br />

2007, 320 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-1323-7 / 978-07748-1323-5<br />

cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1324-5 / 978-07748-1324-2<br />

paper $32.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />

Contents<br />

List of Illustrations, Acknowledgments<br />

Introduction / Bruce Granville Miller<br />

1 Coast Salish His<strong>to</strong>ry / Alexandra Harmon<br />

2 The Not So Common / Daniel L. Boxberger<br />

3 We Have <strong>to</strong> Take Care of Everything That Belongs <strong>to</strong> Us /<br />

Naxaxalhts’i, Albert (Sonny) McHalsie<br />

4 To Honour Our Ances<strong>to</strong>rs We Become Visible Again /<br />

Raymond (Rocky) Wilson<br />

5 Toward an Indigenous His<strong>to</strong>riography: Events, Migrations,<br />

and the Formation of “Post-Contact” Coast Salish Collective<br />

Identities / Keith Thor Carlson<br />

6 “I Can Lift Her Up ...”: Fred Ewen’s Narrative Complexity /<br />

Crisca Bierwert<br />

7 Language Revival Programs of the Nooksack Tribe and the<br />

Stó:lo Nation / Brent Galloway<br />

8 Stó:lo Identity and the Cultural Landscape of S’ólh Téméxw /<br />

David M. Schaepe<br />

9 Conceptions of Coast Salish Warfare, or Coast Salish<br />

Pacifism Reconsidered: Archaeology, Ethnohis<strong>to</strong>ry, and<br />

Ethnography / Bill Angelbeck<br />

10 Consuming the Recent for Constructing the Ancient:<br />

The Role of Ethnography in Coast Salish Archaeological<br />

Interpretation / Colin Grier<br />

Index<br />

20<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Native His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

New His<strong>to</strong>ries for Old<br />

Changing Perspectives on Canada’s Native Pasts<br />

Edited by Ted Binnema and Susan Neylan<br />

Scholarly depictions of the his<strong>to</strong>ry of Aboriginal people<br />

in Canada have changed dramatically since Arthur J.<br />

(Skip) Ray entered the field in the early 1970s. This collection<br />

examines Ray’s role in this transformation, and<br />

it extends scholarship on Canada’s Aboriginal his<strong>to</strong>ry in<br />

new directions.<br />

New His<strong>to</strong>ries for Old combines essays by senior his<strong>to</strong>rians,<br />

geographers, and anthropologists with contributions<br />

by new voices in these fields. Dealing with regions<br />

from the Great Lakes <strong>to</strong> the Pacific Coast, contribu<strong>to</strong>rs<br />

examine the fur trade, treaties, and Indian policy, and<br />

they explore the relationship between Natives and<br />

newcomers in the fur trade and elsewhere. This collection<br />

related recent his<strong>to</strong>riographical developments <strong>to</strong><br />

Ray’s scholarship by offering a snapshot of the kinds<br />

of inquiry established and emerging scholars presently<br />

conduct.<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction / Ted Binnema and Susan Neylan<br />

1 Arthur J. Ray and the Writing of Aboriginal His<strong>to</strong>ry / Ted<br />

Binnema and Susan Neylan<br />

2 Rupert’s Land, Nituskeenan, Our Land: Cree and English<br />

Naming and Claiming around the Dirty Sea / Jennifer Brown<br />

3 Echo of the Crane: Tracing Anishinawbek and Metis Title <strong>to</strong><br />

Bawating (Sault Ste. Marie) / Vic<strong>to</strong>r Lytwyn<br />

4 Compact, Contract, Covenant: The Evolution of Indian<br />

Treaty Making / J.R. Miller<br />

5 Smallpox along the Frontier of the Plains Borderlands at the<br />

Turn of the Twentieth Century / Jody Decker<br />

6 Mapping the New El Dorado: The Fraser River Gold Rush<br />

and the Appropriation of Native Space / Daniel Marshall<br />

7 Innovation, Tradition, Colonialism, and Aboriginal Fishing<br />

Conflicts in the Lower Fraser Canyon / Keith Thor Carlson<br />

8 Meanings of Mobility on the Northwest Coast / Paige<br />

Raibmon<br />

9 “Choose Your Flag”: Perspectives on the Tsimshian<br />

Migration from Metlakatla, BC, <strong>to</strong> New Metlakatla, Alaska,<br />

1887 / Susan Neylan<br />

10 Gitksan Law and Settler <strong>Disorder</strong>: The Skeena “Uprising” of<br />

1888 / R.M. Galois<br />

11 Arthur J. Ray and the Empirical Opportunity / Cole Harris<br />

Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs; Index<br />

Ted Binnema is associate professor of his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

at the University of Northern British Columbia.<br />

Susan Neylan is a member of the Department<br />

of His<strong>to</strong>ry at Wilfrid Laurier University.<br />

November 2007<br />

336 pages, 8 maps, 4 tables, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-1413-6 / 978-0-7748-1413-3<br />

cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1414-4 / 978-0-7748-1414-0<br />

paper $34.95 (publishing July 2008)<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca<br />

21


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Native His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

The Ermatingers<br />

A 19th-Century Ojibwa-Canadian Family<br />

W. Brian Stewart<br />

In about 1800, fur trader Charles Ermatinger married<br />

an Obijwa woman, Mananowe. Their three sons grew up<br />

with both their mother’s hunter/warrior culture and their<br />

father’s European culture. As adults, they lived adventurously<br />

in Montreal and St Thomas, where they were<br />

accepted and loved by fellow citizens while publicly<br />

retaining their Ojibwa heritage.<br />

The Ermatingers contrasts the “European” commercial<br />

and trading society in urban Montreal, where Charles<br />

was brought up, with the Ojibwa hunter/warrior values<br />

of Mananowe’s society. Their sons variously risked life<br />

at war in Spain and in the Upper and Lower Canada<br />

rebellions, policed Montreal streets in an era of riots,<br />

spied on the Fenians on the US border, and made<br />

a hazardous journey <strong>to</strong> help establish the Canadian<br />

Pacific Railway’s route. Brian Stewart argues that the<br />

sons’ Ojibwa traditions and values shaped their adult<br />

lives: during their adventures, the sons fought for Native<br />

rights for themselves as well as for Ojibwa relatives and<br />

friends.<br />

W. Brian Stewart worked as a feature writer<br />

in his native New Zealand and then in various<br />

positions with the CBC. He retired as head of<br />

Research Services for the English Language<br />

CBC Radio and TV Networks in 1983.<br />

2007, 224 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

1 map, 2 charts, 4 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s<br />

0-7748-1233-8 / 978-07748-1233-7<br />

cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1234-6 / 978-07748-1234-4<br />

paper $32.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />

The Ermatingers is an exciting s<strong>to</strong>ry that contributes <strong>to</strong><br />

our understanding of Indian and European biculturalism<br />

and its effects on those who make up the various forms<br />

of Métis society <strong>to</strong>day. It will appeal <strong>to</strong> general readers<br />

as well as scholars and students in Native studies and<br />

Canadian his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />

Contents<br />

Figures, Acknowledgments<br />

Introduction<br />

1 The Urban Canadian Grandparents<br />

2 The Upper Country Ojibwa Grandparent<br />

3 Charles Sr’s Fur Trade Career<br />

4 Charles and Charlotte in Montreal<br />

5 A Wild Man’s Land and a <strong>World</strong> of Virgil<br />

6 Farmer and Cavalry Man: Charles Jr<br />

7 Ojibwa Chief and Montreal Policeman: Charles Jr<br />

8 Soldier, Clerk, and a Last Adventure: James<br />

9 Dandy Turned Hero: William<br />

10 Suppressing Riots in Montreal: William<br />

11 Murder, Militia, and Military Intelligence: William<br />

12 The Ermatinger Women<br />

13 A Lost Past, a Future Unattained<br />

Appendices, Notes, Bibliography, Index<br />

22<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Native His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Kiumajut [Talking Back]<br />

Game Management and Inuit Rights, 1950–70<br />

Peter Kulchyski and Frank Tester<br />

Kiumajut [Talking Back] examines the struggle between<br />

Inuit of Canada’s North and Crown administration during<br />

critical decades in Inuit and Canadian his<strong>to</strong>ry. Until the<br />

1950s, Inuit lived free from government interference<br />

and control; in the next two decades, an increasingly<br />

powerful northern administration sought <strong>to</strong> impose its<br />

policies and practices on Inuit communities.<br />

Drawing upon new material compiled from archival<br />

sources and oral interviews conducted during three<br />

seasons of community-based research, Peter Kulchyski<br />

and Frank Tester demonstrate how a deeply flawed set<br />

of scientific practices around counting animal populations<br />

led policy makers <strong>to</strong> develop strict policies that<br />

curtailed the activities of Inuit hunters. Animal management<br />

became a justification for controlling hunters and,<br />

in practice, was “hunter management.” However, as<br />

the administration attempted <strong>to</strong> impose its policies,<br />

Inuit resisted. Kulchyski and Tester look closely at Inuit<br />

legal challenges, petitions, and the activities of the first<br />

Inuit community council <strong>to</strong> trace how Inuit began <strong>to</strong> “talk<br />

back” <strong>to</strong> the Canadian state.<br />

Kiumajut examines a range of issues pertinent <strong>to</strong> community<br />

development in Nunavut. It will appeal <strong>to</strong> scholars<br />

and students in Native studies, political science,<br />

law, and geography, and it will engage a general reading<br />

public interested in the Canadian North.<br />

Contents<br />

List of Illustrations<br />

Preface<br />

Introduction<br />

Part I: Managing the Game<br />

1 Trapping and Trading: The Regulation of Inuit Hunting Prior<br />

<strong>to</strong> <strong>World</strong> War II<br />

2 Sagluniit (“Lies”): Manufacturing a Caribou Crisis<br />

3 Sugsaunngittugulli (“We Are Useless”): Surveying the<br />

Animals<br />

4 Who Counts? Challenging Science and the Law<br />

Part II: Talking Back<br />

5 Inuit Rights and Government Policy<br />

6 Baker Lake, 1957: The Eskimo Council<br />

7 Inuit Petition for Their Rights<br />

Conclusion: Contested Ground<br />

Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />

Peter Kulchyski is head of the Department<br />

of Native Studies at the University of Mani<strong>to</strong>ba<br />

and the author of Like the Sound of a Drum,<br />

winner of the 2006 Alexander Kennedy Isbister<br />

Award. Frank Tester teaches in the Faculty of<br />

Social Work and Family Studies at the University<br />

of British Columbia. They are co-authors of<br />

Tammarniit [Mistakes]: Inuit Relocation in the<br />

Eastern Arctic, 1939–63.<br />

August 2007<br />

328 pages, est., 6 x 9”<br />

Approx. 23 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 1 map, 2 tables<br />

0-7748-1241-9 / 978-0-7748-1241-2<br />

cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1242-7 / 978-0-7748-1242-9<br />

paper $34.95 (publishing July 2008)<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca<br />

23


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Native His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

With Good Intentions<br />

Euro-Canadian and Aboriginal Relations<br />

in Colonial Canada<br />

Edited by Celia Haig-Brown and<br />

David A. Nock<br />

Contact Zones<br />

Aboriginal and Settler Women in<br />

Canada’s Colonial Past<br />

Edited by Katie Pickles and<br />

Myra Rutherdale<br />

With Good Intentions examines<br />

the joint efforts of<br />

Aboriginal people and individuals<br />

of European ancestry<br />

<strong>to</strong> counter injustice in<br />

Canada when colonization<br />

was at its height, from the<br />

mid-nineteenth <strong>to</strong> the early<br />

twentieth century. These<br />

people recognized colonial<br />

wrongs and worked<br />

<strong>to</strong>gether in a variety of<br />

ways <strong>to</strong> right them, but they could not stem the tide<br />

of European-based exploitation.<br />

The book is neither an apologist text nor an attempt<br />

<strong>to</strong> argue that some colonizers were simply<br />

“well intentioned.” Almost all those considered here<br />

– teachers, lawyers, missionaries, activists – had as<br />

their overall goal the Christianization and civilization<br />

of Canada’s First Peoples. While their sensitivity and<br />

willingness <strong>to</strong> work in concert with Aboriginal people<br />

made them stand out from their less sympathetic<br />

compatriots, they were nonetheless implicated in the<br />

colonialist project, as the contribu<strong>to</strong>rs <strong>to</strong> this volume<br />

make clear.<br />

By discussing examples of Euro-Canadians who<br />

worked with Aboriginal peoples, With Good Intentions<br />

brings <strong>to</strong> light some of the lesser-known complexities<br />

of colonization. This volume is an important resource<br />

for anyone interested in Canadian his<strong>to</strong>ry, Native<br />

studies, and issues of colonization of Native peoples.<br />

Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs<br />

Thomas Abler; Michael Blacks<strong>to</strong>ck; Sarah Carter; Janet E.<br />

Chute; Mary Haig-Brown; Alan Knight; Donald D. Smith; and<br />

Wendy Wickwire<br />

Contact Zones locates<br />

Canadian women’s his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

within colonial and<br />

imperial systems. As<br />

both colonizer and colonized<br />

(sometimes even<br />

simultaneously), women<br />

were uniquely positioned<br />

at the axis of the colonial<br />

encounter – the so-called<br />

“contact zone” – between<br />

Aboriginals and newcomers.<br />

Some women were able <strong>to</strong> transgress the<br />

bounds of social expectation, while others reluctantly<br />

conformed <strong>to</strong> them.<br />

Aboriginal women such as E. Pauline Johnson, Bernice<br />

Loft, and Ethel Brant Monture shaped identities<br />

for themselves in both worlds. By recognizing the necessity<br />

<strong>to</strong> “perform,” they enchanted and educated<br />

white audiences across Canada. On the other side of<br />

the coin, newcomers imposed increasing regulation<br />

on Aboriginal women’s bodies, and they were expected<br />

<strong>to</strong> consent <strong>to</strong> moral, sexual, and marital rules<br />

that white women were already contesting.<br />

Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs<br />

Jean Barman; Robin Jarvis Brownlie; Sarah Carter; Sherry<br />

Farrell Racette; Jo-Anne Fiske; Carole Gerson; Cecilia<br />

Morgan; Dianne Newell; Adele Perry; Joan I. Sangster; and<br />

Veronica Strong-Boag.<br />

2005, 320 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

16 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s<br />

0-7748-1135-8 / 978-0-7748-1135-4 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1136-6 / 978-0-7748-1136-1 paper $32.95<br />

2006, 336 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

16 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s<br />

0-7748-1137-4 / 978-0-7748-1137-8 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1138-2 / 978-0-7748-1138-5 paper $32.95<br />

24<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Native His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Good Intentions Gone Awry<br />

Emma Crosby and the Methodist<br />

Mission on the Northwest Coast<br />

Jan Hare and Jean Barman<br />

Unsettling Encounters<br />

First Nations Imagery in the Art of<br />

Emily Carr<br />

Gerta Moray<br />

Shortlisted for the 2007<br />

Roderick Haig-Brown<br />

Award, BC Book Prizes.<br />

Unlike most missionary<br />

scholarship that focuses<br />

on male missionaries,<br />

Good Intentions Gone<br />

Awry chronicles the experience<br />

of a missionary<br />

wife. Based on the letters<br />

of Emma Crosby, Good<br />

Intentions Gone Awry is a fascinating collection.<br />

Crosby, besides being a prolific letter-writer, was<br />

well-educated and an informative writer. Her letters<br />

shed light on a particular era and bear witness <strong>to</strong><br />

the contribution of missionary wives. They show<br />

that mission work was something much more<br />

complex than simple tales of conversion by men<br />

invested in Christianity. Multiple participants shaped<br />

the missionary enterprise, each of them acting on<br />

their own motivations with consequences that no<br />

one would have anticipated.<br />

Contents<br />

Crosby Family Chronology<br />

Simpson’s Early Women Teachers and Missionaries<br />

Introduction<br />

1 Courtship and Marriage<br />

2 Arrival at Fort Simpson<br />

3 Motherhood<br />

4 Emma Alone<br />

5 A Comfortable Routine<br />

6 Adversity<br />

7 Changing Times<br />

8 Good Intentions Gone Awry<br />

9 Repatriation<br />

Afterword by Caroline Dudoward<br />

Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />

2005, 368 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

40 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 1 map<br />

0-7748-1270-2 / 978-0-7748-1270-2 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1271-0 / 978-0-7748-1271-9 paper $29.95<br />

This is an erudite, richly<br />

illustrated, and compelling<br />

narrative of how<br />

Carr related <strong>to</strong> the First<br />

Nations imagery that<br />

brought her national<br />

recognition and iconic<br />

status. Gerta Moray’s<br />

extraordinary account<br />

is sensitive <strong>to</strong> language,<br />

gender, colonial, and racial<br />

issues, reconstructing<br />

a multi-layered and wellresearched<br />

context for Carr’s expeditions. Avoiding<br />

simplistic oppositions, Unsettling Encounters keeps<br />

the expressive drive and creative ambitions of Emily<br />

Carr firmly in the centre.<br />

– Johanne Lamoureux, Université de Montréal<br />

Unsettling Encounters is the Winner of the Canadian<br />

His<strong>to</strong>rical Association’s 2007 Clio Award for books<br />

on the British Columbia region.<br />

Unsettling Encounters is the definitive study of Carr’s<br />

‘Indian’ images, locating them within both the local<br />

context of Canadian his<strong>to</strong>ry and the wider international<br />

currents of visual culture. Gerta Moray radically<br />

re-examines Emily Carr’s achievement in representing<br />

Native life on the Northwest Coast in her painting<br />

and writing. By reconstructing a neglected body of<br />

Carr’s work that was central in shaping her vision and<br />

career, it makes possible a new assessment of her<br />

significance as a leading figure in early twentieth-century<br />

North American modernism.<br />

Contents<br />

Foreword / Marcia Crosby<br />

Places Painted By Emily Carr<br />

1 Contexts for a Colonial Artist<br />

2 A Pic<strong>to</strong>rial Record of Native Villages and Totem<br />

3 The Late ‘Indian Villages’<br />

Notes; Bibliographical Essay; Illustrations; Index<br />

2006, 400 pages, 8 ½ x 12”<br />

200 b/w and 90 colour illustrations, 4 maps<br />

0-7748-1282-6 / 978-0-7748-1282-5 cloth $75.00<br />

www.ubcpress.ca / 1 877 864 8477 25


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Asian Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

A White Man’s Province<br />

British Columbia Politicians and<br />

Chinese and Japanese Immigrants<br />

1858–1914<br />

Patricia E. Roy<br />

“We are not strong<br />

enough <strong>to</strong> assimilate<br />

races so alien from us<br />

in their habits … We are<br />

afraid they will swamp<br />

our civilization as such.”<br />

– Nanaimo Free <strong>Press</strong>,<br />

1914<br />

A White Man’s Province<br />

examines how British<br />

Columbians changed their<br />

attitudes <strong>to</strong>wards Asian<br />

immigrants from one of <strong>to</strong>leration in colonial times<br />

<strong>to</strong> vigorous hostility by the turn of the century and<br />

describes how politicians responded <strong>to</strong> popular cries<br />

<strong>to</strong> halt Asian immigration and restrict Asian activities<br />

in the province.<br />

Contents<br />

Illustrations<br />

Foreword<br />

Acknowledgments<br />

1 The Colonial Sojourners, 1858–1871<br />

2 “A <strong>World</strong> of Their Own”: Morality, Law, and Public Health,<br />

1871–1914<br />

3 Confederation, the Chinese, and the Canadian Pacific<br />

Railway, 1871–1885<br />

4 Checking Chinese and Japanese Competition, 1886–<br />

1896<br />

5 The Politics of Restricting Immigration, 1896–1902<br />

6 Checking Competition within British Columbia, 1896–<br />

1902<br />

7 The Lull before the S<strong>to</strong>rm, 1903–1907<br />

8 The Vancouver Riot and Its Consequences, 1907–1908<br />

9 Making a White Man’s Country, 1908–1914<br />

Epilogue<br />

Appendix<br />

Notes<br />

Manuscript Sources<br />

Index<br />

1989, 345 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0373-8 / 978-0-7748-0373-1 paper $32.95<br />

The Oriental Question<br />

Consolidating a White Man’s<br />

Province, 1914–41<br />

Patricia E. Roy<br />

The Oriental Question<br />

continues Patricia A. Roy’s<br />

study in<strong>to</strong> why British<br />

Columbians – and many<br />

Canadians from outside<br />

the province – were his<strong>to</strong>rically<br />

so opposed <strong>to</strong> Asian<br />

immigration. Drawing on<br />

contemporary press and<br />

government reports and<br />

individual correspondence<br />

and memoirs, Roy<br />

shows how British Columbians consolidated a “white<br />

man’s province” from 1914 <strong>to</strong> 1941 by securing a<br />

virtual end <strong>to</strong> Asian immigration and placing stringent<br />

legal restrictions on Asian competition in the major<br />

industries of lumber and fishing. While its emphasis<br />

is on political action and politicians, the book also<br />

examines the popular pressure for such practices<br />

and gives some attention <strong>to</strong> the reactions of those<br />

most affected: the province’s Chinese and Japanese<br />

residents.<br />

Contents<br />

Acknowledgments<br />

Introduction<br />

1 “The least said, the better”: The War Years, 1914–18<br />

2 “We Could Never Be Welded Together”: The Inassimilability<br />

Question, 1914–30<br />

3 “Putting the Pacific Ocean Between Them”: Halting<br />

Immigration, 1919–29<br />

4 “Shoving the Oriental Around”: Checking Economic<br />

Competition, 1919–30<br />

5 “A Problem of Our Own Peoples”: An Interlude of Apparent<br />

Toleration, 1930–38<br />

6 Inflaming the Coast: The “Menace” from Japan, 1919–41<br />

7 “Poisoned by Politics”: The Danger Within, 1935–41<br />

Conclusion<br />

Notes<br />

Index<br />

2003, 344 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-1010-6 / 978-0-77481-010-4 cloth $95.00<br />

0-7748-1011-4 / 978-0-77481-011-1 paper $32.95<br />

26<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Asian Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

The Triumph of Citizenship<br />

The Japanese and Chinese in Canada, 1941–67<br />

Patricia E. Roy<br />

Patricia E. Roy examines the climax of antipathy <strong>to</strong><br />

Asians in Canada: the removal of all Japanese Canadians<br />

from the BC coast in 1942. Their free return<br />

was not allowed until 1949. Yet the war also brought<br />

increased respect for Chinese Canadians: they were<br />

enfranchised in 1947, and the federal government<br />

softened its ban on Chinese immigration.<br />

The Triumph of Citizenship explains why Canada<br />

ignored the rights of Japanese Canadians and placed<br />

strict limits on Chinese immigration. It explores how<br />

Japanese Canadians and their supporters in the human<br />

rights movement managed <strong>to</strong> halt “repatriation”<br />

<strong>to</strong> Japan, and how Chinese Canadians successfully<br />

lobbied for the same rights as other Canadians <strong>to</strong><br />

sponsor immigrants. The final triumph of citizenship<br />

came in 1967, when immigration regulations were<br />

overhauled and the last remnants of discrimination<br />

were removed.<br />

Contents<br />

Tables and Figures<br />

Abbreviations<br />

Introduction<br />

1 A Civil Necessity: The Decision <strong>to</strong> Evacuate<br />

2 Adverse Sentiments beyond the Coast<br />

3 “Repatriation” <strong>to</strong> Japan and “Non-Repatriation” <strong>to</strong><br />

British Columbia<br />

4 The Effects of the War on the Chinese<br />

5 Toward First-Class Citizenship for Japanese Canadians,<br />

1945–49<br />

6 Beyond Enfranchisement: Seeking Full Justice for<br />

Japanese Canadians<br />

7 Ending Chinese Exclusion: Immigration Policy, 1950–67<br />

Conclusion<br />

Epilogue<br />

Notes<br />

Index<br />

Patricia E. Roy is a professor emerita of his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

at the University of Vic<strong>to</strong>ria and a member of the<br />

Royal Society of Canada.<br />

2007, 400 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

21 illustrations, 1 map, 2 tables<br />

0-7748-1380-6 / 978-0-7748-1380-8<br />

cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1381-4 / 978-0-7748-1381-5<br />

paper $32.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca<br />

27


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Asian Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Hiroshima Immigrants in Canada, 1891–1941<br />

Michiko Midge Ayukawa<br />

This social his<strong>to</strong>ry of migration from Hiroshima <strong>to</strong> Canada<br />

tells the s<strong>to</strong>ry of a community that was destroyed in<br />

1942 but remains in the memories of a rapidly decreasing<br />

number of senior citizens. It describes the political,<br />

economic, and social circumstances that precipitated<br />

emigration from Hiroshima prefecture <strong>to</strong> Canada between<br />

1891 and 1941, and it examines the lives and<br />

experiences of those who settled in western Canada.<br />

Starting with the his<strong>to</strong>ry of the feudal fiefs of Aki and<br />

Bingo that were merged in<strong>to</strong> Hiroshima prefecture,<br />

Ayukawa explains the immigrants’ reasons for migration.<br />

Interviews with three generations of community<br />

members in Canada, as well as with those who never<br />

emigrated, supplement research on immigrant labour,<br />

the central role of women, and the challenges Canadianborn<br />

children faced as they navigated life between two<br />

cultures.<br />

Hiroshima Immigrants in Canada, 1891–1941 draws<br />

on both Japanese- and English-language sources. The<br />

author herself is a second-generation member of the<br />

community she is writing about.<br />

Michiko Midge Ayukawa writes articles and<br />

gives talks on Japanese Canadian his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />

She lives in Vic<strong>to</strong>ria.<br />

December 2007<br />

208 pages, est., 6 x 9”<br />

Approx. 14 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 4 maps, 2 tables<br />

0-7748-1431-4 / 978-0-7748-1431-7<br />

cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1432-2 / 978-0-7748-1432-4<br />

paper $24.95 (publishing July 2008)<br />

Contents<br />

Illustrations<br />

Prologue<br />

1 The Hiroshima Homeland<br />

2 The First Ones<br />

3 Sojourning and Beyond<br />

4 The Women Come<br />

5 Farmers<br />

6 The Urban Community: Labour Versus Capital?<br />

7 Nisei, The Second Generation<br />

Conclusion<br />

Epilogue<br />

A Note about the Sources<br />

Notes<br />

Bibliography<br />

28<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


The removal and confinement of Japanese Americans<br />

and Japanese Canadians during the Second <strong>World</strong> War<br />

constituted the worst violations of citizenship rights<br />

in 20th-century North America. The book looks at this<br />

injustice by examining, in comparative context, citizen<br />

activism in defence of democracy on behalf of citizens<br />

of Japanese ancestry.<br />

Voices Raised in Protest examines the removal and<br />

deportation of persons of Japanese ancestry during<br />

the Second <strong>World</strong> War by highlighting how its meaning<br />

and impact diverged in Canada and the United States.<br />

Stephanie Bangarth begins with a comparative survey<br />

of removal and related policies, then analyzes the efforts<br />

and discourse of advocates and relevant court<br />

cases. Persons of Japanese ancestry were also active<br />

in their own defence: their critiques of the removal and<br />

deportation policies symbolized a growing interest in<br />

rights, which would provide a foundation for rights activism<br />

in subsequent years.<br />

<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Asian Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Voices Raised in Protest<br />

Defending North American Citizens of<br />

Japanese Ancestry, 1942–49<br />

Stephanie Bangarth<br />

Voices Raised in Protest is timely in light of <strong>to</strong>day’s<br />

debates over ethnic and racial profiling, treatment of<br />

“enemy combatants,” and tensions between civil liberty<br />

and security imperatives. It will appeal <strong>to</strong> scholars and<br />

students in his<strong>to</strong>ry, law, politics, and Asian Canadian/<br />

American studies, as well as <strong>to</strong> activists and general<br />

readers.<br />

Contents<br />

To view the contents of Voices Raised in Protest, please<br />

visit our web site at www.ubcpress.ca.<br />

Stephanie Bangarth is an assistant professor<br />

of his<strong>to</strong>ry at King’s University College, University<br />

of Western Ontario.<br />

November 2007<br />

304 pages, est., 6 x 9”<br />

12 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 1 map<br />

0-7748-1415-2 / 978-0-7748-1415-7<br />

cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1416-0 / 978-0-7748-1416-4<br />

paper $32.95 (publishing July 2008)<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca<br />

29


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Asian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Teachers’ Schools and the Making of the<br />

Modern Chinese Nation-State, 1897–1937<br />

Xiaoping Cong<br />

Teachers’ Schools and the Making of the Modern<br />

Chinese Nation-State is an innovative account of<br />

educational and social transformations in politically<br />

tumultuous early twentieth-century China. It focuses<br />

on the unique nature of Chinese teachers’ schools,<br />

which bridged Chinese and Western ideals, and the<br />

critical role that these schools played in the changes<br />

sweeping Chinese society. It also documents<br />

their role in the empowerment of women and the<br />

production of grassroots forces leading <strong>to</strong> the<br />

Communist Revolution.<br />

Teachers’ Schools and the Making of the Modern<br />

Chinese Nation-State will attract attention from<br />

scholars in Asian studies, Chinese his<strong>to</strong>ry,<br />

educational his<strong>to</strong>ry, and comparative studies, and<br />

will also appeal <strong>to</strong> graduate and undergraduate<br />

students in these fields.<br />

Xiaoping Cong is an assistant professor of<br />

his<strong>to</strong>ry at the University of Hous<strong>to</strong>n.<br />

2007, 320 pages, est., 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-1347-4 / 978-0-7748-1347-1<br />

hc $85.00<br />

0-7748-1348-2 / 978-0-7748-1348-8<br />

pb $32.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />

A major contribution <strong>to</strong> the study of teachers’<br />

schools in Republican China. Cong’s work helps<br />

us understand why China’s rural society and<br />

lasting feudal structure were transformed and<br />

dismantled during the Republican period and<br />

also what led <strong>to</strong> the success of the Chinese<br />

Communist Party in 1949.<br />

– George Wei, author of Sino-American Economic<br />

Relations, 1944–49<br />

Contents<br />

Tables<br />

Acknowledgments<br />

Introduction<br />

1. The Imperial School System and Education Reform in<br />

the Second Half of the Nineteenth Century: A His<strong>to</strong>rical<br />

Review<br />

2. Education and Society in Transition: The Rise of Teachers’<br />

Schools, 1897–1911<br />

3. Pursuing Modernization in Trying Times: Teachers’<br />

Schools from 1912–22<br />

4. Modernity and the Village: The Emergence of Village<br />

Teachers’ Schools, 1922–30<br />

5. Nationalizing the Local: Teachers’ Schools in Rural<br />

Reconstruction, 1930–37<br />

6. Transforming the Revolution: Social and Political Aspects<br />

of Teachers’ Schools, 1930–37<br />

Conclusion<br />

Glossary of Chinese Names and Terms<br />

Notes<br />

Bibliography<br />

Index<br />

CONTEMPORARY CHINESE STUDIES SERIES<br />

30<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Asian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

The Chinese State at the Borders<br />

Edited by Diana Lary<br />

The People’s Republic of China claims 40,000<br />

kilometres of borders and coastline. How did China<br />

become so vast? The state credo describes an<br />

ancient process of cultural expansion, as border<br />

peoples gratefully accept high culture in China<br />

and become inalienable parts of the country. And<br />

yet, the ‘centre’ also fights against manifestations<br />

of discontent in the border regions, not only <strong>to</strong><br />

maintain control over the regions themselves, but<br />

also <strong>to</strong> prevent a loss of power at the edges of<br />

the state from triggering a general process of<br />

devolution in the provinces. These contradictions<br />

take away from the elegance and simplicity of the<br />

official credo. The essays in this volume look at this<br />

relationship over a long span of time, questioning<br />

whether the process of expansion was a benevolent<br />

civilizing mission.<br />

Chapters<br />

1 The Borderlands in Chinese Political Theory, Past and<br />

Present, by Alexander Woodside<br />

2 Ming-Qing Border Defense, the Inward Turn of Chinese<br />

Car<strong>to</strong>graphy, and Qing Expansion in Central Asia in the<br />

Eighteenth Century, by Benjamin Elman<br />

3 Marital Politics on the Manchu-Mongol Frontier in the Early<br />

Seventeenth Century, by Nicola Di Cosmo<br />

4 What Happens When Wang Yangming Crosses the Border,<br />

by Timothy Brook<br />

5 Wang Yangming and the Problem of “Non-Chinese”,<br />

by Leo Shin<br />

6 Embracing Vic<strong>to</strong>ry, Effacing Defeat: Rewriting the Qing<br />

Frontier Campaigns, by Peter Purdue<br />

7 The Qing-Choson Frontier on Mount Paektu,<br />

by Andre Schmid<br />

8 The Amur, as River, as Border, by Vic<strong>to</strong>r Zatsepine<br />

9 The Ethics of Benevolence in French Colonial Vietnam: A<br />

Sino-Franco-Vietnamese Cultural Borderland,<br />

by Van Nguyen-Marshall<br />

10 A zone of nebulous menace: the Guangxi/Indochina<br />

border in the Republican period, by Diana Lary<br />

11 Border Banishment: Political Exile in the Army Farms<br />

of Beidahuang, by Wang Ning<br />

12 L’état, c’est nous? or We have met the oppressor and he<br />

is us? The predicament of minority cadres in the PRC,<br />

by Stevan Harrell<br />

13 Theoretical and Conceptual Perspectives on the<br />

Periphery in Contemporary China, by Pitman Potter<br />

CONTEMPORARY CHINESE STUDIES SERIES<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca<br />

Diana Lary is a professor emerita of his<strong>to</strong>ry at<br />

the University of British Columbia.<br />

2007, 352 pages, est., 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-1333-4 / 978-0-7748-1333-4<br />

hc $85.00<br />

0-7748-1334-2 / 978-0-7748-1334-1<br />

pb $32.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />

This book is of great importance in helping<br />

<strong>to</strong> reshape our conceptions of “China” as a<br />

spatial entity... The Chinese State at the Borders<br />

makes a highly significant contribution <strong>to</strong> the<br />

surprisingly scanty literature on China’s borders,<br />

and extends its reach beyond that through<br />

comparative examples.<br />

– Naomi Standen, co-edi<strong>to</strong>r of Frontiers in<br />

Question: Eurasian Borderlands, 700-1700<br />

See also: Scars of War, Page 12<br />

31


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Asian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Resisting Manchukuo<br />

Chinese Women Writers and the Japanese Occupation<br />

Norman Smith<br />

This is a pathbreaking book. Norman Smith paints<br />

a complex and highly nuanced picture of a colonial<br />

society, which, for decades, has only been examined<br />

in starkly nationalist categories. One of the very<br />

first social his<strong>to</strong>ries of the Japanese occupation in<br />

the cities, Resisting Manchukuo is an artful blend of<br />

literary analysis and fascinating social his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />

– Rana Mitter, author of A Bitter Revolution<br />

Resisting Manchukuo reveals the literary world<br />

of Japanese-occupied Manchuria (Manchukuo,<br />

1932–45) and examines the lives, careers, and<br />

literary legacies of seven prolific Chinese women<br />

writers during the occupation.<br />

In Manchukuo, a complex blend of fear and freedom<br />

produced an environment in which Chinese women<br />

writers could articulate dissatisfaction with the<br />

overtly patriarchal and imperialist nature of the<br />

Japanese cultural agenda while working in close<br />

association with colonial institutions.<br />

Norman Smith is an assistant professor of<br />

his<strong>to</strong>ry at the University of Guelph.<br />

2007, 224 pages, 34 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-1335-8 / 978-0-7748-1335-8<br />

hc $85.00<br />

0-7748-1336-9 / 978-0-7748-1336-5<br />

pb $32.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />

The first book in English on women’s his<strong>to</strong>ry in<br />

twentieth-century Manchuria, Resisting Manchukuo<br />

adds <strong>to</strong> a growing literature that challenges<br />

traditional understandings of Japanese colonialism.<br />

It will be of interest <strong>to</strong> those who study the his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

of East Asia, imperialism, and women.<br />

Contents<br />

1. Introduction: Chinese Women and Cultural Production<br />

in a Japanese Colonial Context<br />

2. Foundations of Colonial Rule in Manchukuo and the<br />

“Woman Question”<br />

3. Manchukuo’s Chinese-Language Literary <strong>World</strong><br />

4. Forging Careers in Manchukuo<br />

5. Disrupting the Patriarchal Foundations of Manchukuo<br />

6. Contesting Colonial Society<br />

7. The Collapse of Empire and Careers<br />

8. Conclusions<br />

CONTEMPORARY CHINESE STUDIES SERIES<br />

32<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Asian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Tibet and Nationalist China’s Frontier<br />

Intrigues and Ethnopolitics, 1928–49<br />

Hsiao-ting Lin<br />

China’s policies <strong>to</strong>wards Tibet and other ethnic<br />

border terri<strong>to</strong>ries during the political reign of<br />

Chiang Kai-shek and the Nationalists are often<br />

unders<strong>to</strong>od as a deliberate exercise of power. In this<br />

groundbreaking study, Hsiao-ting Lin demonstrates<br />

that the frontier was the subject neither of<br />

concerted aggression on the part of a centralized<br />

and indoctrinated Chinese government, nor of an<br />

ideologically driven nationalist ethnopolitics.<br />

Contents<br />

Maps, Tables, Pho<strong>to</strong>graphs<br />

Preface<br />

Acknowledgements<br />

Prologue<br />

Part 1: The Setting<br />

1. A Localized Regime, National Image, and<br />

Terri<strong>to</strong>rial Fragmentation<br />

2. Professed Frontier Policy, Policy Planners,<br />

and Imagined Sovereignty<br />

Part 2: The Prewar Decade, 1928–37<br />

3. The Unquiet Southwestern Borderlands<br />

4. The Mission <strong>to</strong> Tibet<br />

5. ‘Commissioner’ Politics<br />

Part 3: The Wartime Period, 1938–45<br />

6. Building a Nationalist-Controlled State in<br />

Southwest China<br />

7. The Issue of China-India Roadway via Tibet<br />

8. Rhe<strong>to</strong>ric, Reality, and Wartime China’s<br />

Tibetan Concerns<br />

Part 4: The Postwar Period, 1945–49<br />

9. Postwar Frontier Planning vis-à-vis non-Han<br />

Separatist Movements<br />

10.The Sera Monastery Incident<br />

Epilogue<br />

Notes<br />

Glossary of Names and Terms<br />

Bibliography<br />

Index<br />

CONTEMPORARY CHINESE STUDIES SERIES<br />

Hsiao-ting Lin is a Visiting Fellow at the<br />

Hoover Institution, Stanford University.<br />

2006, 304 pages, est., 6 x 9”<br />

2 maps, approx. 10 b/w illustrations<br />

0-7748-1301-6 / 978-0-7748-1301-3<br />

hc $85.00<br />

0-7748-1302-0 / 978-0-7748-1302-0<br />

pb $32.95 (publishing July 2007)<br />

This book adds an important Chinese dimension<br />

<strong>to</strong> the current scholarly discourse on the Tibet<br />

question. Lin’s coverage of recently declassified<br />

Chinese government files and his mastery of<br />

the literature in both English and Chinese is<br />

remarkable. His provocative arguments will<br />

certainly invite serious responses from others in<br />

the field.<br />

– Xiaoyuan Liu, author of Frontier Passages<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca<br />

33


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Gender and His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

The Manly Modern<br />

Masculinity in Postwar Canada<br />

Chris<strong>to</strong>pher Dummitt<br />

How did one act like a modern man in postwar Canada?<br />

With a great deal of difficulty. During the Great Depression<br />

and Second <strong>World</strong> War, many men were first out<br />

of work and then away from their families. After the war<br />

came, attempts were made <strong>to</strong> re-establish the traditional<br />

gender hierarchy by emphasizing men’s modernity,<br />

allegedly superior rationality, and ability <strong>to</strong> handle<br />

risk, but the strategy had contradic<strong>to</strong>ry repercussions.<br />

The Manly Modern traces the his<strong>to</strong>ry of what happened<br />

when men’s supposed modernity became one of their<br />

defining features.<br />

Through a series of case studies covering such diverse<br />

subjects as car culture, mountaineering, war veterans,<br />

murder trials, and a bridge collapse, Chris<strong>to</strong>pher Dummitt<br />

argues that the very idea of what it meant <strong>to</strong> be<br />

modern was gendered. A strong current of anti-modernist<br />

sentiment bubbled just beneath the surface of postwar<br />

masculinity, creating rumblings about the state of<br />

modern manhood that, ironically, mirrored the tensions<br />

that burst forth in 1960s gender radicalism.<br />

Chris<strong>to</strong>pher Dummitt is Lecturer in Canadian<br />

Studies at the Institute for the Study of the<br />

Americas at the University of London.<br />

2007, 232 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

1 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>,<br />

0-7748-1274-5 / 978-0-7748-1274-0<br />

cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-0997-3 / 978-0-7748-0997-9<br />

paper $32.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />

Contents<br />

Acknowledgments<br />

1 Introduction: The Manly Modern<br />

2 Coming Home<br />

3 At Work<br />

4 In the Mountains<br />

5 Before the Courts and on the Couch<br />

6 On the Road<br />

7 Conclusion: Manly Modernism in Hindsight<br />

Notes<br />

Bibliography<br />

Index<br />

SEXUALITY STUDIES SERIES<br />

34<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


In the 1970s, the women’s movement made wife battering<br />

a political issue. Women across Canada organized<br />

transition houses and safe homes <strong>to</strong> provide a sanctuary<br />

for women and children who were fleeing violent<br />

families. Transition houses were more than emergency<br />

shelters: they were hubs of a movement <strong>to</strong> change attitudes<br />

about domestic violence and <strong>to</strong> lobby for legislation<br />

and policy <strong>to</strong> protect women.<br />

No Place <strong>to</strong> Go centres on the women’s shelter movement<br />

in small cities and rural communities across<br />

Canada. Based on local his<strong>to</strong>ries of women’s activism<br />

in Thunder Bay, Kenora, Nelson, and Monc<strong>to</strong>n, it<br />

includes Aboriginal women’s activism in northwestern<br />

Ontario, and examines the political and cultural connections<br />

between family violence and colonization. Nancy<br />

Janovicek makes the case for using local his<strong>to</strong>ries as<br />

a foundation <strong>to</strong> write the his<strong>to</strong>ry of the contemporary<br />

women’s movement.<br />

No Place <strong>to</strong> Go is the first his<strong>to</strong>ry of the battered women’s<br />

shelter movement in Canada. It will appeal <strong>to</strong> readers<br />

interested in women’s his<strong>to</strong>ry, women’s studies, and<br />

public policy.<br />

<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Gender and His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

No Place <strong>to</strong> Go<br />

Local His<strong>to</strong>ries of the Battered Women’s<br />

Shelter Movement<br />

Nancy Janovicek<br />

Contents<br />

To view the contents of No Place <strong>to</strong> Go, please visit our<br />

web site at www.ubcpress.ca.<br />

Nancy Janovicek teaches his<strong>to</strong>ry at the<br />

University of Calgary.<br />

Oc<strong>to</strong>ber 2007<br />

160 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-1421-7 / 978-0-7748-1421-8<br />

cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1422-5 / 978-0-7748-1422-5<br />

paper $32.95 (publishing July 2008)<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca<br />

35


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Military His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

An Officer and a Lady<br />

Canadian Military Nursing and the Second <strong>World</strong> War<br />

Cynthia Toman<br />

During the Second <strong>World</strong> War, more than 4,000 civilian<br />

nurses enlisted as Nursing Sisters, a specially-created<br />

all-female officers’ rank of the Canadian Armed Forces.<br />

They served in various medical and surgical settings,<br />

all three armed force branches, and all major theatres<br />

of war as well as in Canada, Newfoundland, the United<br />

States and South Africa. Yet, in spite of their importance,<br />

military nurses and nursing as a form of war<br />

work have long been under-examined.<br />

An Officer and a Lady examines nurses’ experiences<br />

and their contribution <strong>to</strong>ward “winning the war” through<br />

the salvage of sick and injured soldiers. <strong>From</strong> feminist<br />

and social his<strong>to</strong>ry perspectives, Cynthia Toman explores<br />

how gender, war, and medical technology intersected<br />

<strong>to</strong> create legitimate feminine spaces within the<br />

masculine environment of the military. She interrogates<br />

the incongruities and ambivalences involved in military<br />

nurses’ work, including conflicting gendered expectations<br />

as “officers and ladies,” and the contingency of<br />

military nursing “for the duration” only.<br />

Cynthia Toman is an assistant professor<br />

of nursing and is Associate Direc<strong>to</strong>r of the<br />

Associated Medical Services Nursing His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Research Unit at the University of Ottawa.<br />

November 2007<br />

320 pages, est., 6 x 9”<br />

Approx. 39 pho<strong>to</strong>s, 7 tables<br />

0-7748-1447-0 / 978-0-7748-1447-8<br />

cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1448-9 / 978-0-7748-1448-5<br />

paper $32.95 (publishing July 2008)<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction<br />

1 “Ready, Aye Ready”: Enlisting Nurses<br />

2 Incorporating Nurses In<strong>to</strong> The Military<br />

3 Shaping Nursing Sisters As “Officers And Ladies”<br />

4 Legitimating Military Nursing Work<br />

5 “The Strain Of Peace”: Community And Social Memory<br />

Conclusion<br />

Appendix: Nursing Sisters Biographies<br />

Selected Bibliography<br />

STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />

Published by <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> in association with the Canadian War<br />

Museum<br />

36<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


While volumes have been written about the Protestant<br />

missionary movement in China, scant attention has<br />

been paid <strong>to</strong> the role of nursing and nurses in these<br />

missions. Set against a backdrop of war and revolution,<br />

Healing Henan brings sixty years of missionary nursing<br />

out of the shadows by examining how Canadian nurses<br />

shaped the landscape of health care in the province of<br />

Henan and how China, in turn, influenced the nature of<br />

missionary nursing.<br />

<strong>From</strong> the time Presbyterian missionaries arrived in China<br />

in 1888 until the abrupt closure of the North China<br />

Mission in 1947, Canadian nurses were a ubiqui<strong>to</strong>us<br />

presence in Henan. As China underwent a tumultuous<br />

transition from a dynastic kingdom <strong>to</strong> an independent<br />

republic, Canadian nurses advanced a version of hospital-based<br />

nursing education and practice that rivaled<br />

modern nursing care in Canada.<br />

<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Military His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Healing Henan<br />

Canadian Nurses at the North China<br />

Mission, 1888–1947<br />

Sonya Grypma<br />

Contents<br />

List of Illustrations<br />

Foreword<br />

Acknowledgments<br />

List of Spellings<br />

List of Abbreviations<br />

Introduction<br />

1 The Gospel of Soap and Water, 1888–1900<br />

2 Visions Interrupted, 1901–20<br />

3 Modern Nursing at Last, 1921–27<br />

4 Golden Years, 1928–37<br />

5 Scattered Dreams, 1937–40<br />

6 War Years, 1941–45<br />

7 The Last Days, 1946–47<br />

Conclusion: Creating a Cloistered Space<br />

Epilogue<br />

Bibliography<br />

Appendices<br />

Index<br />

Sonya Grypma is an associate professor at<br />

the University of Lethbridge School of Health<br />

Sciences.<br />

December 2007<br />

288 pages, est., 6 x 9”<br />

Approx. 44 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 1 map, 1 table<br />

0-7748-1399-7 / 978-0-7748-1399-0<br />

cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1400-4 / 978-0-7748-1400-3<br />

paper $32.95 (publishing July 2008)<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca<br />

37


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Military His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Clio’s Warriors<br />

Canadian His<strong>to</strong>rians and<br />

the Writing of the <strong>World</strong> Wars<br />

Tim Cook<br />

Betrayed<br />

Scandal, Politics, and Canadian<br />

Naval Leadership<br />

Richard O. Mayne<br />

Clio’s Warriors is a<br />

lively and impeccably<br />

researched study that<br />

confirms how important<br />

it is <strong>to</strong> understand, not<br />

just how his<strong>to</strong>ry is made,<br />

but how it is recorded. In<br />

writing so persuasively<br />

about Canada’s foremost<br />

military his<strong>to</strong>rians of the<br />

twentieth century, Tim<br />

Cook shows why he is<br />

such a worthy successor<br />

<strong>to</strong> their tradition.<br />

– Jonathan Vance, author of Building Canada:<br />

People and Projects that Made the Nation<br />

Clio’s Warriors examines the role of academic<br />

military his<strong>to</strong>ry in the writing of the world wars in<br />

Canada. To elucidate the role of his<strong>to</strong>rians in codifying<br />

the sacrifice and struggle of a generation, Tim<br />

Cook discusses his<strong>to</strong>rical memory and writing, the<br />

creation of archives, and the war of reputations that<br />

followed each of the world wars.<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction: Writing the <strong>World</strong> Wars<br />

1 Documenting War & Forging Reputations, 1914–1918<br />

2 The War of Reputations, 1918–1939<br />

3 Clio in the Service of Mars, 1939–1945<br />

4 His<strong>to</strong>ry Wars and War His<strong>to</strong>ry, 1945–1948<br />

5 Official His<strong>to</strong>ry, Contested Memory, 1948–1960<br />

6 Forging the Canon of Canadian <strong>World</strong> War His<strong>to</strong>ry,<br />

1960–2000<br />

Conclusion: An Ongoing Dialogue<br />

2006, 368 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

30 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s<br />

0-7748-1256-7 / 978-0-7748-1256-6 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1257-5 / 978-0-7748-1257-3 paper $29.95<br />

STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />

Published in association with the Canadian War Museum<br />

In January 1944, Canada’s<br />

<strong>to</strong>p admiral, Percy<br />

Walker Nelles, was fired<br />

from his post as head of<br />

the Royal Canadian Navy.<br />

Official accounts maintain<br />

that Nelles’s termination<br />

was the result of severe<br />

operational deficiencies<br />

within the navy. This<br />

intriguing his<strong>to</strong>ry reveals<br />

the true s<strong>to</strong>ry behind Vice<br />

Admiral Nelles’s dismissal: a divisive power struggle<br />

between two elite groups within the RCN – the navy’s<br />

regular officers, and a small group of self-appointed<br />

spokesmen of the voluntary naval reserve.<br />

Contents<br />

Preface: The Game and its Players<br />

1 Confused Seas<br />

2 Equal Privileges<br />

3 A Wave of Protest and the Strange Interpretation<br />

4 Trying <strong>to</strong> Keep Afloat<br />

5 Informers, Collabora<strong>to</strong>rs, and Promise Breakers<br />

6 A Loaded Investigation<br />

7 Covering up the Conspiracy<br />

Afterword: Game’s End and the Final Score<br />

Appendices; Bibliography; Index<br />

2006, 320 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

25 b/w illustrations, 4 figures<br />

0-7748-1295-8 / 978-0-7748-1295-5 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1296-6 / 978-0-7748-1296-2<br />

paper $29.95 (available July 2007)<br />

STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />

Published in association with the Canadian War Museum<br />

38<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Military His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Battle Grounds<br />

The Canadian Military and<br />

Aboriginal Lands<br />

P. Whitney Lackenbauer<br />

“Here Is Hell”<br />

Canada’s Engagement in Somalia<br />

Grant Dawson<br />

In recent years, closures<br />

of Canadian Forces<br />

facilities, the military’s<br />

continued use of airspace<br />

for weapons testing and<br />

low-level flying, increased<br />

environmental awareness,<br />

and Aboriginal land<br />

claims have contributed<br />

<strong>to</strong> a growing interest in<br />

the acquisition, use, and<br />

development of Aboriginal<br />

lands for military training. A study of these spaces<br />

and places, and the relationships and activities that<br />

shaped them, Battle Grounds analyzes a century of<br />

relationships between government officials and aboriginal<br />

communities.<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction<br />

1 A Road <strong>to</strong> Nowhere?: The Search for Sites in Mainland<br />

British Columbia, 1907–1930<br />

2 Governmental Uncertainty: The Militia and the Sarcee<br />

Reserve, 1908–39<br />

3 “Pay no attention <strong>to</strong> Sero”: Imperial Flying Training at<br />

Tyendinaga, 1917–18<br />

4 The Thin Edge of a Wedge?: The British Commonwealth<br />

Air Training Plan and Aboriginal Lands, 1940–45<br />

5 Combined Operation: Creating Camp Ipperwash,<br />

1942–45<br />

6 The Cold War at Cold Lake: The Creation of the Primrose<br />

Lake Air Weapons Range, 1951–65<br />

7 In<strong>to</strong> the Driver’s Seat?: The Department of National<br />

Defence and the Sarcee Band, 1940–1982<br />

8 Renegotiating Relationships: Competing Claims in the<br />

1970s and 80s<br />

9 Closing Out the Century<br />

Conclusions and Reflections<br />

Appendices; Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />

2006, 320 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

25 b/w illustrations, 21 maps,<br />

2 tables, 1 figure<br />

0-7748-1315-6 / 978-0-7748-1315-0 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1316-4 / 978-0-7748-1316-7 paper $32.95<br />

STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />

Published in association with the Canadian War Museum<br />

For many Canadians,<br />

the actions of Canada’s<br />

peacekeeping mission<br />

<strong>to</strong> Somalia in the early<br />

1990s remains a stain<br />

on our reputation as<br />

one of the world’s most<br />

respected peacekeeping<br />

nations. “Here is Hell” is a<br />

deft investigation in<strong>to</strong> the<br />

broader context of that<br />

deployment.<br />

Drawing on interviews with key participants, along<br />

with documents made available during the Somalia<br />

Inquiry and under the Access <strong>to</strong> Information Act,<br />

this study shows how media pressure, government<br />

optimism in the UN, and Canada’s multilateral and<br />

peacekeeping traditions all played a role in determining<br />

the level, length, and tenor of Canada’s engagement<br />

in Somalia.<br />

Contents<br />

Illustrations; Acknowledgments<br />

Introduction<br />

1 Food for Thought: Multilateral Humanitarianism and the<br />

Somalia Crisis <strong>to</strong> March 1992<br />

2 The Canadian Forces and the Recommendation <strong>to</strong> Stay<br />

out of Somalia<br />

3 “Do Something Significant”: Government Reconsideration<br />

of the Somalia Crisis<br />

4 The Humanitarian Airlift Takes Flight<br />

5 Sticking with the (Wrong) Peacekeeping Mission<br />

6 Problems with the Expanded UN Operation<br />

7 Robust Multilateralism: Support for the Unified Task<br />

Force<br />

8 Unified Task Force: Canada’s First Post-Cold War<br />

Enforcement Coalition<br />

9 Stay or Go? Weighing a Role in the Second UN Mission<br />

10 The Canadian Joint Force Somalia: In the Field<br />

Conclusion<br />

Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />

2006, 224 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

1 map, 1 table, 25 b/w illustrations<br />

0-7748-1297-4 / 978-0-7748-1297-9 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1298-2 / 978-0-7748-1298-6 paper $29.95<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca 39


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Military His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Fighting <strong>From</strong> Home<br />

The Second <strong>World</strong> War in<br />

Verdun, Quebec<br />

Serge Durflinger<br />

Prisoners of the Home Front<br />

German POWs and “Enemy Aliens” in<br />

Southern Quebec, 1940–46<br />

Martin F. Auger<br />

Fighting from Home paints<br />

a comprehensive portrait<br />

of Verdun and Verdunites<br />

at war. Serge Durflinger offers<br />

an innovative interpretation<br />

of wartime Canadian<br />

and Quebec social and<br />

cultural dynamics.<br />

In Verdun, English and<br />

French speakers lived<br />

side by side. Durflinger<br />

shows that, through their<br />

home-front activities as much as through enlistment,<br />

French-speaking Verdunites were partners beside<br />

their English-speaking neighbours in the prosecution<br />

of Canada’s war. Shared experiences and class similarities<br />

facilitated the development of common local<br />

identities based in pride and belonging. The need for<br />

social accommodation shaped responses based in a<br />

sense of local, not necessarily national, identity. They<br />

were all Verdunites and this is more a s<strong>to</strong>ry of convergence<br />

than divergence.<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction: Studying War at the Local Level<br />

1 Forging a Community<br />

2 Once More In<strong>to</strong> the Breach<br />

3 City Hall Goes <strong>to</strong> War<br />

4 The People’s Response<br />

5 Institutions and Industry<br />

6 Family and Social Dislocation<br />

7 The Political War<br />

8 Peace and Reconstruction<br />

Conclusion<br />

2006, 320 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

30 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 15 tables, 2 maps<br />

0-7748-1260-5 / 978-0-7748-1260-3 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1261-3 / 978-0-7748-1261-0 paper $32.95<br />

STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />

Published in association with the Canadian War Museum<br />

In the middle of the most<br />

destructive conflict in<br />

human his<strong>to</strong>ry, almost<br />

40,000 Germans were<br />

detained in internment<br />

and work camps across<br />

Canada. Five internment<br />

camps were located<br />

on the southern shores<br />

of the St. Lawrence<br />

River in the province of<br />

Quebec. Prisoners of the<br />

Home Front details the organization and day-<strong>to</strong>day<br />

affairs of these internment camps and reveals<br />

the experience of their inmates. Martin Auger<br />

shows how internment imposed psychological and<br />

physical strain in the form of restricted mobility,<br />

sexual deprivation, social alienation, and lack of<br />

physical comfort. In response, Canadian authorities<br />

introduced labour projects and education programs<br />

<strong>to</strong> uphold morale, thwart internal turmoil, and<br />

prevent escapes. These initiatives were also<br />

intended <strong>to</strong> expose German prisoners <strong>to</strong> the values<br />

of a democratic society and prepare for their<br />

postwar reintegration.<br />

Contents<br />

1 A His<strong>to</strong>ry of Internment<br />

2 Organizing and Developing Southern Quebec’s<br />

Internment Operation<br />

3 Life behind Barbed Wire<br />

4 Labour Projects<br />

5 Educational Programs<br />

6 Canada’s Internment Experience: A Home Front Vic<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

2005, 240 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

8 tables<br />

0-7748-1223-0 / 978-0-7748-1223-8 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1224-9 / 978-0-7748-1224-5 paper $32.95<br />

STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />

Published in association with the Canadian War Museum<br />

40<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Military His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

The Soldiers’ General<br />

Bert Hoffmeister at War<br />

Douglas E. Delaney<br />

Foreword by J.L. Granatstein<br />

Commanding Canadians<br />

The Second <strong>World</strong> War Diaries of<br />

A.F.C. Layard<br />

Edited by Michael Whitby<br />

Self-doubt so plagued<br />

him that he suffered a<br />

nervous breakdown even<br />

before fighting his first<br />

combat action. But by<br />

the end of the Second<br />

<strong>World</strong> War, Bert Hoffmeister<br />

had exorcised<br />

his anxieties, risen <strong>to</strong><br />

Major-General, and won<br />

more awards than any<br />

other Canadian officer in<br />

the war. Fighting from the invasion of Sicily in July<br />

1943 <strong>to</strong> the final vic<strong>to</strong>ry in Europe in May 1945,<br />

this native Vancouverite earned a reputation as a<br />

fearless commander – one who led from the front<br />

and was well loved by those he commanded. How<br />

did he do it?<br />

Contents<br />

1 Looking at Command<br />

2 A Young Man before the War<br />

3 The Years of Company Command and<br />

Personal Turmoil<br />

4 Battalion Command: Training For War<br />

5 Battalion Command: The Battlefield Test<br />

6 Brigade Command<br />

7 Division Command and the Liri Valley<br />

8 The Lessons <strong>From</strong> Liri<br />

9 Gothic Line <strong>to</strong> the End in Italy<br />

10 Northwest Europe and After<br />

11 Hoffmeister and Command<br />

2005, 320 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

21 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 15 maps, 11 figures<br />

0-7748-1148-X / 978-0-7748-1148-4 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1149-8 / 978-0-7748-1149-1 paper $32.95<br />

STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />

Published in association with the Canadian War Museum<br />

There is NOTHING in print<br />

anywhere that captures<br />

a sense of the whole war<br />

at sea from 1939-45,<br />

let alone the Atlantic<br />

war, like this book. It is a<br />

remarkable document,<br />

revealing the routine<br />

of daily life for a naval<br />

officer and providing<br />

unique insight in<strong>to</strong> the<br />

later stages of anti-submarine<br />

warfare in the<br />

Second <strong>World</strong> War.<br />

– Marc Milner, author of Battle of the Atlantic<br />

Commander A.F.C. Layard, RN, wrote almost daily<br />

in his diary, in bold, neat script, from the time he<br />

entered the Royal Navy as a cadet in 1913 until his<br />

retirement in 1947. The pivotal 1943–45 years of<br />

this edited volume offer an extraordinarily full and<br />

honest chronicle, revealing Layard’s preoccupations,<br />

both with the daily details and with the strain and<br />

responsibility of wartime command at sea.<br />

Contents<br />

Prologue: Like Cutting Butter<br />

Introduction: An Officer and His Diary<br />

1 One Does Get Tired of Them, September–<br />

December 1943<br />

2 Shaking Down, January–March 1944<br />

3 Overseas, March–May 1944<br />

4 The Great Endeavour, May–July 1944<br />

5 Exasperation Inshore, July–Oc<strong>to</strong>ber 1944<br />

6 Deep Open Waters, Oc<strong>to</strong>ber–December 1944<br />

7 Wreck <strong>to</strong> Wreck, Contact <strong>to</strong> Contact, January–<br />

March 1945<br />

8 Oasis of Comfort and Happiness, March–May 1945<br />

Epilogue: Respite<br />

2005, 416 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

30 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 3 maps<br />

0-7748-1193-5 / 978-0-7748-1193-4 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1194-3 / 978-0-7748-1194-1 paper $32.95<br />

STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />

Published in association with the Canadian War Museum<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca 41


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Military His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Home<strong>to</strong>wn Horizons<br />

Local Responses <strong>to</strong> Canada’s<br />

Great War<br />

Robert Rutherdale<br />

Saints, Sinners, and Soldiers<br />

Canada’s Second <strong>World</strong> War<br />

Jeffrey A. Keshen<br />

A readable and engaging<br />

book that adds <strong>to</strong> our<br />

understanding of the<br />

impact of the First <strong>World</strong><br />

War on Canadian society<br />

and <strong>to</strong> the important<br />

place of social discourse,<br />

images, rituals,<br />

and imagination in the<br />

processes of social communication<br />

and social<br />

differentiation.<br />

– Norman Knowles,<br />

Associate Professor<br />

of His<strong>to</strong>ry, St. Mary’s College<br />

Home<strong>to</strong>wn Horizons considers how people and communities<br />

on the Canadian home front perceived the<br />

Great War. Robert Rutherdale examines how farmers<br />

near Lethbridge, Alberta; shopkeepers in Guelph,<br />

Ontario; and civic workers in Trois-Rivières, Québec<br />

<strong>to</strong>ok part in local activities that connected their everyday<br />

lives <strong>to</strong> a tumultuous period in his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction<br />

1 Places and Sites<br />

2 Dancing before Death<br />

3 Hierarchies<br />

4 Demonizations<br />

5 Conscription Contested<br />

6 Gendered Fields<br />

7 Men Like Us<br />

8 Beyond Home<strong>to</strong>wn Horizons<br />

2004, 360 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

16 b/w illustrations, 10 figures, 3 maps<br />

0-7748-1013-0 / 978-0-7748-1013-5 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1014-9 / 978-0-7748-1014-2 paper $32.95<br />

An extraordinary look<br />

at how Canadians lived,<br />

loved, and worked on<br />

the home front during<br />

the Second <strong>World</strong> War.<br />

[Keshen] has produced<br />

the single best study of<br />

rapidly changing social<br />

values in a time of great<br />

crisis that we have.<br />

Absolutely first-rate.<br />

– J.L. Granatstein, author<br />

of Canada’s Army<br />

Saints, Sinners, and Soldiers acknowledges the<br />

underbelly of Canada’s Second <strong>World</strong> War, showing<br />

how moral and social changes during the war precipitated<br />

numerous, and often contradic<strong>to</strong>ry, legacies in<br />

law and society.<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction<br />

1 Patriotism<br />

2 Growth, Opportunity, and Strain<br />

3 The Wartime Prices and Trade Board and the<br />

Accommodation Crisis<br />

4 Black Market Profiteering: “More than a fair share”<br />

5 (Im)moral Matters<br />

6 Civilian Women: “Two steps forward and one step back”<br />

7 Women Warriors: “Exactly on a par with the men”<br />

8 The Children’s War: “Youth Run Wild”<br />

9 The Men Who Marched Away: “Everyone here is<br />

optimistic”<br />

10 A New Beginning: “A very clear tendency <strong>to</strong> improve<br />

upon pre-enlistment status”<br />

2004, 416 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

31 b/w illustrations, 8 figures, 3 tables<br />

0-7748-0924-8 / 978-0-7748-0924-5 paper $27.95<br />

STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />

Published in association with the Canadian War Museum<br />

42<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Military His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Fight or Pay<br />

Soldiers’ Families in the Great War<br />

Desmond Mor<strong>to</strong>n<br />

[A] beautifully written<br />

book about the his<strong>to</strong>ry of<br />

a society and its government<br />

in wartime. Not only<br />

does Mor<strong>to</strong>n shed fascinating<br />

light on the <strong>to</strong>pic<br />

of soldiers’ dependants,<br />

but he reveals the much<br />

broader implications for<br />

the study of gender, class,<br />

state power, and race.<br />

– Jonathan Vance, author<br />

of Death so Noble<br />

The First <strong>World</strong> War is remembered largely for<br />

the immense sacrifice in life and limb of Canadian<br />

soldiers. Desmond Mor<strong>to</strong>n tells the s<strong>to</strong>ries of those<br />

who paid in lieu of fighting – the wives, mothers,<br />

and families left behind when soldiers went <strong>to</strong><br />

war. A pan-Canadian s<strong>to</strong>ry, Fight or Pay brings<br />

<strong>to</strong> light the lives of thousands of valiant women<br />

whose sacrifices have been overlooked in previous<br />

his<strong>to</strong>ries of the Great War. It is an incisive, humane<br />

look at the beginning of Canada’s social welfare<br />

system and a compelling addition <strong>to</strong> the landscape<br />

of Canadian his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />

Contents<br />

1 War and Families<br />

2 Pay and Allowances<br />

3 The Patriotic Fund<br />

4 Choices and Responsibilities<br />

5 Homecomings<br />

6 Grumbling and Complaining<br />

7 Vic<strong>to</strong>ry for Whom?<br />

8 Never Again<br />

2004, 368 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

27 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 5 tables<br />

0-7748-1108-0 / 978-0-7748-1108-8 cloth $39.95<br />

The Red Man’s on<br />

the Warpath<br />

The Image of the “Indian” and<br />

the Second <strong>World</strong> War<br />

R. Scott Sheffield<br />

Sheffield’s account of how<br />

the Native community was<br />

perceived by non-Natives<br />

has never been duplicated<br />

or even attempted. This<br />

book adds a great deal <strong>to</strong><br />

our understanding of the<br />

war era.<br />

– Michael D. Stevenson,<br />

author of Canada’s Greatest<br />

Wartime Muddle<br />

The Red Man’s on the Warpath<br />

explores how wartime<br />

symbolism and imagery propelled the “Indian problem”<br />

on<strong>to</strong> the national agenda, and why assimilation<br />

remained the goal of post-war Canadian Indian policy<br />

– even though the war required that it be rationalized<br />

in new ways.<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction<br />

1 The Image of the “Indian” in English Canada, 1930–39<br />

2 The “Administrative Indian” as Soldier and Conscript,<br />

1939–45<br />

3 The “Public Indian” Goes <strong>to</strong> War, September 1939–<br />

December 1941<br />

4 Winning the War Only <strong>to</strong> Lose the Peace? Reconstructing<br />

the “Public Indian,” 1943–45<br />

5 The “Administrative Indian” at the Threshold of Peace,<br />

January–March 1946<br />

6 In<strong>to</strong> the Arena: Marshalling the Competing Indian Images<br />

in Postwar Canada, 1945–48<br />

7 Whither the “Indian”? The Special Joint Senate and House<br />

of Commons Committee <strong>to</strong> Reconsider the Indian Act,<br />

1946–48<br />

Conclusion<br />

2004, 240 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

9 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s<br />

0-7748-1094-7 / 978-0-7748-1094-4 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1095-5 / 978-0-7748-1095-1 paper $32.95<br />

STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />

Published in association with the Canadian War Museum<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca 43


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Legal His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Laws and Societies in the<br />

Canadian Prairie West,<br />

1670-1940<br />

Edited by Louis Knafla and<br />

Jonathan Swainger<br />

Despotic Dominion<br />

Property Rights in British<br />

Settler Societies<br />

Edited by John McLaren,<br />

A.R. Buck, and Nancy E. Wright<br />

Laws and Societies in the<br />

Canadian Prairie West,<br />

1670-1940 examines<br />

the legal his<strong>to</strong>ry of the<br />

north-west frontier, from<br />

the earliest years of European-Native<br />

contact in<br />

the seventeenth century<br />

<strong>to</strong> the mid-1900s. Challenging<br />

myths about a<br />

peaceful west and prairie<br />

exceptionalism, the book<br />

explores the substance of prairie legal his<strong>to</strong>ry and<br />

the degree <strong>to</strong> which the region’s mentality is rooted<br />

in the his<strong>to</strong>rical experience of distinctive prairie<br />

peoples.<br />

The chapters focus on what is distinctive in prairie<br />

legal culture. By approaching the issue from a<br />

variety of perspectives – those of colonial administra<strong>to</strong>rs,<br />

fur company employees, Native peoples,<br />

women, men, entrepreneurs, judges, magistrates,<br />

and the police, among others – the authors find<br />

evidence of a conscious effort <strong>to</strong> apply broad, nonregional<br />

experiences <strong>to</strong> seemingly familiar, local<br />

issues. The ways in which prairie peoples perceived<br />

themselves and their relationships <strong>to</strong> a wider world<br />

were directly framed by notions of law and legal<br />

remedy shaped by prairie his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />

Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs<br />

Louis A. Knafla; Jonathan Swainger; Janice Erion; Hamar<br />

Foster; Tristan M. Goodman; Sidney L. Harring; Zhiqiu Lin<br />

and Augustine Brannigan; Greg Marquis; Roderick G. Martin;<br />

John McLaren; Paul C. Nigol; and Russell C. Smandych.<br />

2005, 360 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

2 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 7 maps, 9 figures, 3 tables<br />

0-7748-1166-8 / 978-0-7748-1166-8 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1167-6 / 978-0-7748-1167-5 paper $34.95<br />

Despotic Dominion brings<br />

<strong>to</strong>gether the work of<br />

scholars whose study of<br />

the evolution of property<br />

law in the colonies recognizes<br />

the value in locating<br />

property law and rights<br />

within the broader political,<br />

economic, and intellectual<br />

contexts of those<br />

societies. The stimulus for<br />

this new interdisciplinary<br />

scholarship has emerged from litigation and political<br />

action for the resolution of questions of Aboriginal<br />

title and other disputes over property rights in several<br />

former settler colonies, most notably Australia,<br />

Canada, and New Zealand. As the essays in this book<br />

demonstrate, a significant part of the recent explosion<br />

in interest and speculation about property rights<br />

relates his<strong>to</strong>rically <strong>to</strong> the securing of a more reliable<br />

cultural context for assessing these claims.<br />

For this reason, Despotic Dominion will be of interest<br />

not only <strong>to</strong> students and researchers of colonial his<strong>to</strong>ry,<br />

but also <strong>to</strong> scholars of native studies and law,<br />

as well as those interested in the contested terrain of<br />

property rights.<br />

Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs<br />

John McLaren, A.R. Buck, and Nancy E. Wright; Rusty<br />

Bitterman and Margaret McCallum; Alvin J. Esau; Robert<br />

Foster; Philip Girard; Douglas Harris; Richard Overstall;<br />

Brian Slattery; John C. Weaver; and Bruce Ziff.<br />

2004, 396 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

6 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 4 maps<br />

0-7748-1072-6 / 978-0-7748-1072-2 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1073-4 / 978-0-7748-1073-9 paper $32.95<br />

LAW AND SOCIETY SERIES<br />

LAW AND SOCIETY SERIES<br />

44<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Legal His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Regulating Lives<br />

His<strong>to</strong>rical Essays on the State,<br />

Society, the Individual, and the Law<br />

Edited by John McLaren, Robert<br />

Menzies, and Dorothy E. Chunn<br />

Our Box Was Full<br />

An Ethnography for the<br />

Delgamuukw Plaintiffs<br />

Richard Daly<br />

This book will be of great<br />

interest <strong>to</strong> those intrigued<br />

by legal his<strong>to</strong>ry and,<br />

more specifically, the<br />

role the law has played<br />

in constructing people’s<br />

lives, perceptions and<br />

experiences.<br />

– Lindsay Ferguson,<br />

Saskatchewan Law<br />

Review<br />

This book examines Canadian<br />

experiences of social<br />

control, moral regulation, and governmentality during<br />

the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries.<br />

Informed by the wealth of theoretical and his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />

writings that have recently emerged on these subjects,<br />

the contribu<strong>to</strong>rs explore diverse state, social,<br />

legal, and human encounters with the regulation of<br />

lives in British Columbia and Canadian his<strong>to</strong>ry. Incest<br />

in the criminal courts, racial-ethnic dimensions<br />

of alcohol regulation, public health initiatives around<br />

venereal disease, and the seizure and indoctrination<br />

of Doukhobor children, among other issues, are<br />

examined in these nine original essays.<br />

This collection will interest scholars, researchers,<br />

practitioners, and students of a wide range of contexts<br />

including law, his<strong>to</strong>ry, sociology, criminology,<br />

women’s studies, Native studies, social work, and<br />

political science.<br />

Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs<br />

Robert Adamoski; Mimi Ajzenstadt; Gerry Ferguson;<br />

Michaela Freund; Renisa Mawani; and Jay Nelson<br />

2002, 320 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

4 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 4 tables<br />

0-7748-0886-1 / 978-0-7748-0886-6 cloth $29.95<br />

0-7748-0887-X / 978-0-7748-0887-3 paper $32.95<br />

LAW AND SOCIETY SERIES<br />

For the Gitksan and<br />

Witsuwit’en peoples of<br />

northwest British Columbia,<br />

the land is considered<br />

both a food box and a<br />

s<strong>to</strong>rage box of his<strong>to</strong>ry and<br />

wealth; it plays a central<br />

role in their culture, survival,<br />

his<strong>to</strong>ry, and identity.<br />

In Our Box Was Full, Richard<br />

Daly explores the<br />

centrality of this notion in<br />

the determination of Aboriginal rights with particular<br />

reference <strong>to</strong> the landmark Delgamuukw case that<br />

occupied the British Columbia courts from 1987 <strong>to</strong><br />

1997. Our Box Was Full provides fascinating insight<br />

in<strong>to</strong> the case and sheds much-needed light on the<br />

role of anthropology in Aboriginal rights litigation.<br />

A rich, compassionate, and original ethnographic<br />

study, the book situates the plaintiff peoples within<br />

the field of forager studies, and emphasizes the kinship<br />

and gift exchange features that pervade these<br />

societies even <strong>to</strong>day.<br />

Contents<br />

Foreword by Michael Jackson<br />

Foreword by Peter Grant<br />

1 Introduction<br />

2 The Reciprocities of a Pole-Raising Feast<br />

3 A Giving Environment: Nutrition and Seasonal Round<br />

4 A Kinship Economy<br />

5 Production Management and Social Hierarchy<br />

6 Gifts, Exchange, and Trade<br />

7 Owners and Stewards<br />

8 Epilogue<br />

Afterword by Don Ryan, Masgaak<br />

Notes; References; Index<br />

2004, 344 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-1074-2 / 978-0-7748-1074-6 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1075-0 / 978-0-7748-1075-3 paper $32.95<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca 45


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Recent Releases<br />

Longitude and Empire<br />

How Captain Cook’s Voyages<br />

Changed the <strong>World</strong><br />

Brian Richardson<br />

Journey <strong>to</strong> the Ice Age<br />

Discovering an Ancient <strong>World</strong><br />

Peter L. S<strong>to</strong>rck<br />

Before Captain Cook’s<br />

three voyages, <strong>to</strong> Europeans<br />

the globe was uncertain<br />

and dangerous; after,<br />

it was comprehensible<br />

and ordered. Written as a<br />

conceptual field guide <strong>to</strong><br />

the voyages, Longitude<br />

and Empire offers a significant<br />

rereading of both the<br />

expeditions and modern<br />

political philosophy. More<br />

than any other work, printed accounts of the voyages<br />

marked the shift from early modern <strong>to</strong> modern<br />

ways of looking at the world.<br />

Contents<br />

Introductions The S<strong>to</strong>ry; The Book; The Author<br />

1 Points Rules of Exploration; Points along a Coast;<br />

The Coordinate System; Verification of Details; The<br />

Possibilities of Location<br />

2 Shapes Grand Divisions; Extreme Places; The Oceanic<br />

Plane; Cook’s Turn <strong>to</strong> Islands; Landscapes and Maps;<br />

The Move <strong>to</strong> Interiors<br />

3 Nations The Orient, the Savage, and Europe; The<br />

Primacy of Place; Studying Nations; Classifying Nations;<br />

Explaining Nations; The Savage, the Noble Savage, and<br />

the Nation<br />

4 States Hobbes; Locke; Rousseau; The Scottish<br />

Enlightenment; The Native State in Cook’s Voyages;<br />

Kant; Finding and Creating the Terri<strong>to</strong>rial Nation-State<br />

5 Collections The Cabinets of Curiosities; Collecting<br />

Nations; The Practices of the Collection; Boredom<br />

and the Collection; The Dangers of Relativism; The<br />

Persistence of Extreme Otherness; The Transcendence<br />

of the Collec<strong>to</strong>r<br />

6 Empires Cook and Empire; Empire As Collection; Empire<br />

As Exchange; Empire As Cultivation; Empire<br />

As Panopticon<br />

Conclusions; Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />

This is two books in one:<br />

a journey through time <strong>to</strong><br />

meet the people living on<br />

the beaches of Ice Age<br />

lakes, and a personal journey<br />

of the scientist who<br />

found them. S<strong>to</strong>rck’s narrative<br />

is a delightful tale<br />

of science in action and a<br />

lifetime dedicated <strong>to</strong> the<br />

people of long ago. It has<br />

forever changed my view<br />

of the Ontario landscape.<br />

– Bob McDonald, host of<br />

CBC’s Quirks and Quarks<br />

Now available in paperback, Journey <strong>to</strong> the Ice Age is<br />

the winner of several awards, including:<br />

• The 2004 Floyd S. Chalmers Award for the<br />

best book written on the his<strong>to</strong>ry of Ontario,<br />

awarded by the Champlain Society.<br />

• The Clio Award for Ontario, presented by the<br />

Canadian His<strong>to</strong>rical Association for the best book<br />

on Ontario regional his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />

• The Public Communication Award of the Canadian<br />

Archaeological Association.<br />

Peter L. S<strong>to</strong>rck is Senior Cura<strong>to</strong>r Emeritus at the<br />

Department of Anthropology, Royal Ontario Museum.<br />

2004, 376 pages, 6.5 x 9.5”<br />

41 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 21 maps, 3 tables<br />

0-7748-1028-9 / 978-0-7748-1028-9 cloth $39.95<br />

0-7748-1029-7 / 978-0-7748-1029-6 paper $29.95<br />

PUBLISHED IN ASSOCIATION WITH THE ROYAL ONTARIO MUSEUM<br />

2005, 256 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

24 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 6 maps<br />

0-7748-1189-7 / 978-0-7748-1189-7 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1190-0 / 978-0-7748-1190-3 paper $32.95<br />

46<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Recent Releases<br />

Selling British Columbia<br />

Tourism and Consumer Culture,<br />

1890-1970<br />

Michael Dawson<br />

Imagining Difference<br />

Legend, Curse, and Spectacle in<br />

a Canadian Mining Town<br />

Leslie A. Robertson<br />

Selling British Columbia is<br />

an entertaining examination<br />

of the development<br />

of the <strong>to</strong>urist industry in<br />

British Columbia between<br />

1890 and 1970. Dawson<br />

draws upon promotional<br />

pamphlets, newspapers,<br />

advertisements, and films,<br />

as well as archival sources<br />

regarding government,<br />

civic, and international<br />

<strong>to</strong>urism organizations. Central <strong>to</strong> his book is an examination<br />

of the representation of popular imagery<br />

and of how aboriginal and British cultures were commodified<br />

and marketed <strong>to</strong> potential <strong>to</strong>urists. He also<br />

looks at the gendered aspect of these promotional<br />

campaigns, particularly during the 1940s, and challenges<br />

earlier interpretations regarding the relationship<br />

between <strong>to</strong>urism and nature in Canada.<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction: Tourism and Consumer Culture<br />

1 Boosterism and Early Tourism Promotion in British<br />

Columbia, 1890–1930<br />

2 <strong>From</strong> the Investment <strong>to</strong> the Expenditure Imperative:<br />

Regional Cooperation and the Lessons of Modern<br />

Advertising, 1916–35<br />

3 Entitlement, Idealism, and the Establishment of the<br />

British Columbia Government Travel Bureau, 1935–39<br />

4 The Second <strong>World</strong> War and the Consolidation of the<br />

British Columbia Tourist Industry, 1939–50<br />

5 Differentiation, Cultural Selection, and the Post–war<br />

Travel “Boom”<br />

6 Tourism as a Public Good: The Provincial Government<br />

Manages the Post–war “Boom,” 1950–65<br />

Conclusion: <strong>From</strong> Tourist Trade <strong>to</strong> Tourist Industry<br />

Appendix; Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />

2004, 280 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

30 tables, 7 figures, 2 maps<br />

0-7748-1054-8 / 978-0-7748-1054-8 cloth $80.00<br />

0-7748-1055-6 / 978-0-7748-1055-5 paper $32.95<br />

Imagining Difference is an<br />

ethnography about his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />

and contemporary<br />

ideas of human difference<br />

expressed by residents of<br />

Fernie, BC – a coal-mining<br />

<strong>to</strong>wn transforming in<strong>to</strong> an<br />

international ski resort.<br />

Its starting point is a local<br />

legend about an indigenous<br />

curse cast on the<br />

valley and its residents in<br />

the 19th century. Successive interpretations of the<br />

s<strong>to</strong>ry reveal a complicated landscape of memory<br />

and silence, mapping out official and contested<br />

his<strong>to</strong>ries, social and scientific theories as well as<br />

the edicts of political discourse. Cursing becomes<br />

a metaphor for discursive power resonating in political,<br />

popular, and cultural contexts, transmitting<br />

ideas of difference across generations and geographies.<br />

Although situated in Fernie, BC, this work will<br />

appeal <strong>to</strong> those in anthropology, women’s studies,<br />

Native studies, and his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />

Contents<br />

Preface: Knowing Who Your Neighbours Are<br />

Introduction: Ideas Make Acts Possible<br />

Part 1 Politics of Cursing<br />

1 Conversations among Europeans and<br />

Other Acts of Possession<br />

2 Constructing the “Foreign”<br />

3 “The S<strong>to</strong>ry As I Know It”<br />

Part 2 Imagining Difference<br />

4 A Moment of Silence<br />

5 Getting Rid of the S<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

6 Development, Discovery, and Disguise<br />

7 One Step Beyond<br />

Epilogue: Waiting<br />

2004, 348 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

2 maps, 20 figures<br />

0-7748-1092-0 / 978-0-7748-1092-0 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1093-9 / 978-0-7748-1093-7 paper $32.95<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca 47


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Recent Releases<br />

Negotiated Memory<br />

Doukhobor Au<strong>to</strong>biographical<br />

Discourse<br />

Julie Rak<br />

This is a pioneer work<br />

in the area of literary<br />

studies and criticism in<br />

Canada, but perhaps<br />

more important, it is<br />

the first time... that<br />

Doukhobor literature has<br />

been exposed <strong>to</strong> such<br />

searching examination<br />

and interpretation.<br />

– John McLaren, co-edi<strong>to</strong>r,<br />

Regulating Lives<br />

Using aspects of cultural<br />

studies and au<strong>to</strong>biography studies, Julie Rak examines<br />

how the Doukhobors of Canada employed<br />

standard and alternative forms of au<strong>to</strong>biography <strong>to</strong><br />

create and sustain their own subjectivity and identity.<br />

An innovative study, Negotiating Memory will appeal<br />

<strong>to</strong> those interested in au<strong>to</strong>biography studies as well<br />

as <strong>to</strong> his<strong>to</strong>rians, literary critics, and students and<br />

scholars of Canadian cultural studies.<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction<br />

1 Beyond Au<strong>to</strong>-Bio-Graphe: Au<strong>to</strong>biography and<br />

Alternative Identities<br />

2 Doukhobor Beliefs and His<strong>to</strong>rical Moments<br />

3 Vechnaiia Pamit in the Diaspora: Community Meanings<br />

of His<strong>to</strong>ry and Migration<br />

4 Negotiating Identity: Doukhobor Oral Narratives<br />

5 Witness, Negotiation, Performance: Freedomite<br />

Au<strong>to</strong>biography<br />

Conclusion: Negotiating the “I” and “We” in Au<strong>to</strong>biography<br />

Notes; References; Index<br />

2004, 172 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

3 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s<br />

0-7748-1030-0 / 978-0-7748-1030-2 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1031-9 / 978-0-7748-1031-9 paper $32.95<br />

The Dominion and<br />

the Rising Sun<br />

Canada Encounters Japan,<br />

1929–41<br />

John D. Meehan<br />

itself in world affairs.<br />

The Dominion and the Rising<br />

Sun is the first major<br />

study of Canada’s diplomatic<br />

arrival in Japan and,<br />

by extension, East Asia.<br />

It examines the political,<br />

economic, and cultural<br />

relations forged during this<br />

seminal period between<br />

the foremost power in Asia<br />

and the young dominion<br />

tentatively establishing<br />

An overview of Canada’s initial foray in<strong>to</strong> Pacific<br />

affairs, it begins with the opening in 1929 of the<br />

Canadian legation in Tokyo – Canada’s third such<br />

office overseas – and concludes with the outbreak<br />

of hostilities in 1941. The Dominion and the Rising<br />

Sun charts Canada’s relationship with Japan,<br />

and is essential reading for those interested in<br />

Canadian his<strong>to</strong>ry, international relations, and Asia-<br />

Pacific studies.<br />

Contents<br />

Prologue: Raising the Flag<br />

1 A Window on the Orient<br />

2 <strong>From</strong> Grand Beginnings <strong>to</strong> Depression Diplomacy<br />

3 Manchuria Erupts<br />

4 Failure at Geneva<br />

5 The Calm before the S<strong>to</strong>rm<br />

6 A Bitter National Spirit<br />

7 A Rude Awakening<br />

8 The Road <strong>to</strong> War<br />

9 Pacific Promise<br />

2004, 272 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

20 b/w illustrations, 1 map, 2 tables<br />

0-7748-1120-X / 978-0-7748-1120-0 cloth $85.00<br />

0-7748-1121-8 / 978-0-7748-1121-7 paper $34.95<br />

48<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />

Undelivered Letters <strong>to</strong><br />

Hudson’s Bay Company Men<br />

on the Northwest Coast of<br />

America, 1830–57<br />

Edited by Helen M. Buss and<br />

Judith Hudson Beattie<br />

In the early nineteenth century, when the Hudson’s<br />

Bay Company (HBC) sent men <strong>to</strong> posts along the<br />

coast of North America’s Pacific Northwest, letters<br />

for those men followed them in the Company’s supply<br />

ships. Sometimes, these letters missed their objects<br />

– the men had returned <strong>to</strong> Britain, or deserted their<br />

ships, or died. These letters tell the s<strong>to</strong>ries of people<br />

whose lives are recounted in traditional his<strong>to</strong>ries. We<br />

are introduced <strong>to</strong> the lives of the letter writers and<br />

their would-be recipients. Their commentaries frame<br />

the words of early nineteenth-century working and<br />

middle class British folk, as well as letters <strong>to</strong> “voyageurs”<br />

from Quebec.<br />

2003, 512 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

38 b/w illustrations, 4 maps<br />

0-7748-0974-4 / 978-0-7748-0974-0 paper $32.95<br />

A War of Patrols<br />

Canadian Army Operations in Korea<br />

William Johns<strong>to</strong>n<br />

This is far and away the most valuable study of the<br />

Canadians in Korea. Johns<strong>to</strong>n’s work has the depth<br />

of archival research characteristic of the best official<br />

his<strong>to</strong>rians, while his iconoclastic, analytical approach<br />

yields new insights and new ways of looking<br />

at old questions. There will be considerable interest<br />

in this book in the United States, Britain, Australia,<br />

and New Zealand, as well as Canada.<br />

– Terry Copp, author of Fields of Fire:<br />

The Canadians in Normandy<br />

2003, 448 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-1008-4 / 978-0-7748-1008-1 paper $34.95<br />

STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />

Published in association with the Canadian War Museum<br />

Making Native Space<br />

Colonialism, Resistance, and<br />

Reserves in British Columbia<br />

R. Cole Harris<br />

Avoiding Armageddon<br />

Canadian Military Strategy and<br />

Nuclear Weapons, 1950–63<br />

Andrew Richter<br />

As the first comprehensive account of the reserve<br />

system in British Columbia, the book is an important<br />

contribution <strong>to</strong> regional his<strong>to</strong>ry, the his<strong>to</strong>ry of<br />

aboriginal-white relations, and colonialism. Perhaps<br />

most unexpectedly, because it puts aboriginal-white<br />

relations in the context of the federal-provincial<br />

wrangling that has shaped the Canadian political<br />

landscape since 1867, it also manages <strong>to</strong> breathe<br />

new life in<strong>to</strong> an old his<strong>to</strong>rical chestnut.<br />

– Tina Loo, American His<strong>to</strong>rical Review, April 2003<br />

Winner of the 2002 Sir John A. Macdonald Prize,<br />

awarded by the Canadian His<strong>to</strong>rical Association, and<br />

the 2003 Massey Medal, awarded by the Royal<br />

Canadian Geographical Society.<br />

2002, 448 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

28 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 52 figures<br />

0-7748-0901-9 / 978-0-7748-0901-6 paper $34.95<br />

Andrew Richter examines Canadian military thinking<br />

on key issues of the nuclear age, such as deterrence,<br />

arms control, strategic stability, air defence,<br />

and the domestic acquisition of nuclear weapons.<br />

Avoiding Armageddon illustrates Canada’s considerable<br />

latitude for independent defence thinking while<br />

providing key his<strong>to</strong>rical information that helps make<br />

sense of the contemporary Canadian defence debate.<br />

2002, 224 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0889-6 / 978-0-7748-0889-7 paper $32.95<br />

STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />

Published in association with the Canadian War Museum<br />

US pb rights held by Michigan State University <strong>Press</strong><br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca 49


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />

Murdering Holiness<br />

The Trials of Franz Creffield and<br />

George Mitchell<br />

Jim Phillips and Rosemary Gartner<br />

Telling Tales<br />

Essays in Western Women’s His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Edited by Catherine A. Cavanaugh<br />

and Randi R. Warne<br />

Murdering Holiness explores the captivating s<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

of the “Holy Roller” sect led by Franz Creffield in the<br />

early twentieth century.<br />

In this fascinating micro-his<strong>to</strong>ry, Phillips and Gartner<br />

explore the relationships among formal and informal<br />

law, gender relations, and religious repression. It will<br />

interest scholars in law, religion, and gender studies,<br />

as well as anybody interested in the his<strong>to</strong>ry of Oregon<br />

and Washing<strong>to</strong>n in the early twentieth century.<br />

2003, 360 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

25 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 2 maps<br />

0-7748-0906-X / 978-0-7748-0906-1 cloth $34.95<br />

LAW AND SOCIETY SERIES<br />

Telling Tales integrates women in<strong>to</strong> the shifting<br />

power matrix of class, race, and gender that undergirded<br />

colonization and settlement. This book<br />

covers a range of <strong>to</strong>pics – including African-American<br />

settlement on Vancouver Island, prairie childbirth<br />

narratives, and Mennonites as domestic servants.<br />

They focus on women of both minority and dominant<br />

cultures and reflect the West’s characteristically<br />

mixed population.<br />

Telling Tales challenges founding myths of the region<br />

and invites a retelling of the s<strong>to</strong>ry of western Canadian<br />

colonization and settlement.<br />

2000, 372 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0795-4 / 978-0-7748-0795-1 paper $32.95<br />

People and Place<br />

His<strong>to</strong>rical Influences on Legal Culture<br />

Edited by Jonathan Swainger and<br />

Constance Backhouse<br />

People and Place demonstrates the fascinating ways<br />

in which personality and locale interact <strong>to</strong> shape the<br />

law, and how location influences legal cultural his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />

The essays allow readers <strong>to</strong> explore law’s various<br />

meanings across communities and time and <strong>to</strong> develop<br />

a more profound awareness of the complexity<br />

of human society.<br />

2003, 256 pages, 5 b/w illustrations, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-1033-5 / 978-0-7748-1033-3 paper $29.95<br />

LAW AND SOCIETY SERIES<br />

The Indian Association<br />

of Alberta<br />

A His<strong>to</strong>ry of Political Action<br />

Laurie Meijer Drees<br />

The Indian Association of Alberta represented the<br />

interests of Alberta’s reserve communities. Its rich<br />

his<strong>to</strong>ry reveals much about First Nations’ perspectives<br />

on the place of Indian peoples in Canada before<br />

the emergence of civil rights movements and federal<br />

funding of Native organizations. This book outlines<br />

the significance of treaty rights discussions before<br />

their constitutional entrenchment and documents the<br />

political philosophies of First Nations leaders in the<br />

prairie provinces and will be welcomed by those with<br />

an interest in Native studies, political science, and<br />

Canadian his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />

2002, 272 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0877-2 / 978-0-7748-0877-4 paper $32.95<br />

50<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />

Women and the<br />

White Man’s God<br />

Gender and Race in the Canadian<br />

Mission Field<br />

Myra Rutherdale<br />

A Trading Nation<br />

Canadian Trade Policy from<br />

Colonialism <strong>to</strong> <strong>Global</strong>ization<br />

Michael Hart<br />

Between 1860 and 1940, Anglican missionaries<br />

were very active in northern British Columbia, Yukon,<br />

and the Northwest Terri<strong>to</strong>ries. Based on diaries, letters,<br />

and mission correspondence, Women and the<br />

White Man’s God is the first comprehensive examination<br />

of women’s roles in northern domestic missions.<br />

Arguing that the mission encounter challenged<br />

colonial hierarchies, Rutherdale expands our understanding<br />

of colonization at the intersection of gender,<br />

race, and religion. This book is a critical addition <strong>to</strong><br />

a growing body of literature on gender and empire in<br />

Canada and elsewhere.<br />

2002, 224 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0905-1 / 978-0-7748-0905-4 paper $32.95<br />

A Trading Nation, Michael Hart’s brilliantly crafted<br />

overview and analysis of the his<strong>to</strong>rical foundations of<br />

modern Canadian trade policy, is the first survey <strong>to</strong><br />

address the his<strong>to</strong>ry of Canadian commercial policy<br />

in over fifty years. Taking the view that <strong>to</strong> understand<br />

the present and better prepare for the future, we<br />

must first comprehend the past, Hart skilfully guides<br />

readers through more than three centuries of Canadian<br />

trade his<strong>to</strong>ry. Close attention <strong>to</strong> trade and related<br />

economic policy choices, he argues, is crucial if<br />

Canada intends <strong>to</strong> adapt <strong>to</strong> the challenges of the new<br />

globalized economy.<br />

2002, 576 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0895-0 / 978-0-7748-0895-8 paper $34.95<br />

Modern Women<br />

Modernizing Men<br />

The Changing Missions of Three<br />

Professional Women in Asia and<br />

Africa, 1902–69<br />

Ruth Comp<strong>to</strong>n Brouwer<br />

Shortlisted for the 2002 Sir John A. Macdonald<br />

Prize by the Canadian His<strong>to</strong>rical Association<br />

Using women’s experiences in colonial India, Korea,<br />

and sub-Saharan Africa as case studies, Modern<br />

Women Modernizing Men explores how professionalism,<br />

religion, and feminism came <strong>to</strong>gether <strong>to</strong> enable<br />

missionary women <strong>to</strong> become the colleagues and<br />

men<strong>to</strong>rs of Western and non-Western men. This book<br />

will be of interest <strong>to</strong> scholars engaged in gender,<br />

women’s, and postcolonial studies, as well as <strong>to</strong><br />

readers interested in the his<strong>to</strong>ry of the international<br />

missionary movement.<br />

2002, 212 pages, illustrations, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0953-1 / 978-0-7748-0953-5 paper $32.95<br />

When Coal Was King<br />

Ladysmith and the Coal-Mining<br />

Industry on Vancouver Island<br />

John R. Hinde<br />

The <strong>to</strong>wn of Ladysmith was one of the most important<br />

coal-mining communities on Vancouver Island<br />

during the early twentieth century.<br />

This book explains the origins of the 1912–14 strike<br />

by examining the development of the coal industry<br />

on Vancouver Island, the founding of Ladysmith, the<br />

experience of work and safety in the mines, the process<br />

of political and economic mobilization, and how<br />

these fac<strong>to</strong>rs contributed <strong>to</strong> the development of identity<br />

and community. Informed by current academic<br />

debates, this readable his<strong>to</strong>ry draws on extensive<br />

archival research, and will appeal <strong>to</strong> his<strong>to</strong>rians and<br />

others interested in the his<strong>to</strong>ry of Vancouver Island.<br />

2003, 288 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

22 b/w illustrations, 3 maps<br />

0-7748-0936-1 / 978-0-7748-0936-8 paper $29.95<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca 51


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />

Colonizing Bodies<br />

Aboriginal Health and Healing in<br />

British Columbia, 1900–50<br />

Mary-Ellen Kelm<br />

Winner of the 1999 Sir John A. Macdonald Prize,<br />

awarded by the Canadian His<strong>to</strong>rical Association<br />

Using post-modern and post-colonial conceptions<br />

of the body and the power relations of colonization,<br />

Kelm explores the effect of Canada’s Indian policy on<br />

Aboriginal bodies and considers how humanitarianism<br />

and colonial medicine were used <strong>to</strong> encourage assimilation.Kelm’s<br />

cross-disciplinary approach results in an<br />

important and accessible book that will be of interest<br />

<strong>to</strong> academic his<strong>to</strong>rians and medical anthropologists<br />

as well as but also <strong>to</strong> those concerned with Aboriginal<br />

health and healing <strong>to</strong>day.<br />

1998, 272 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0678-8 / 978-0-7748-0678-7 paper $32.95<br />

Parties Long Estranged<br />

Canada and Australia in the<br />

Twentieth Century<br />

Edited by Margaret MacMillan and<br />

Francine McKenzie<br />

Margaret MacMillan and Francine McKenzie bring<br />

<strong>to</strong>gether recent and original work <strong>to</strong> illuminate comparisons<br />

and contrasts between two former colonies<br />

of the British Empire.<br />

Parties Long Estranged covers the entire twentieth<br />

century and examines different aspects of Canadian-<br />

Australian relations, including trade, civil aviation,<br />

military, constitutional, imperial, and diplomatic relations.<br />

The comparisons include Aboriginal rights, nation-building,<br />

middle powers, and attitudes <strong>to</strong>wards<br />

the Empire.<br />

2003, 320 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0976-0 / 978-0-7748-0976-4 paper $32.95<br />

The Burden of His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Colonialism, and the Frontier Myth<br />

in a Rural Canadian Community<br />

Elizabeth Furniss<br />

This book is an ethnography of the cultural politics of<br />

Native/non-Native relations in a small interior BC city<br />

– Williams Lake – at the height of land claims conflicts<br />

and tensions. Furniss analyses contemporary<br />

colonial relations in settler societies, arguing that ‘ordinary’<br />

rural Euro-Canadians exercise power in maintaining<br />

the subordination of aboriginal people through<br />

‘common sense’ assumptions and assertions about<br />

his<strong>to</strong>ry, society, and identity, and that these cultural<br />

activities are forces in an ongoing, contemporary<br />

system of colonial domination.<br />

1999, 237 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0711-3 / 978-0-7748-0711-1 paper $32.95<br />

A Voyage <strong>to</strong> the North<br />

West Side of America<br />

The Journals of James Colnett,<br />

1786–89<br />

Edited by Robert Galois<br />

James Colnett, a veteran of James Cook’s second<br />

voyage <strong>to</strong> North America, was an early participant<br />

in the maritime sea otter trade. Between 1786 and<br />

1789 his two-vessel expedition traversed the Northwest<br />

Coast from Prince William Sound <strong>to</strong> Vancouver<br />

Island and wintered on the Hawaiian Islands. Colnett’s<br />

journal of this expedition is published here for the<br />

first time, along with illustrations from Colnett’s<br />

journals and a variety of maps, both contemporary<br />

and his<strong>to</strong>rical. Robert Galois provides extensive<br />

annotations, along with an introduc<strong>to</strong>ry essay addressing<br />

the geopolitical context of the voyage and<br />

the intellectual background that shaped the writing of<br />

the journal.<br />

2003, 448 pages,6 x 9”<br />

21 b/w illustrations, 15 maps<br />

0-7748-0855-1 / 978-0-7748-0855-2 cloth $95.00<br />

52<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />

At Home with the Bella Coola<br />

Indians<br />

T.F. McIlwraith’s Field Letters, 1922–4<br />

Edited by John Barker and<br />

Douglas Cole<br />

This volume is a rich complement <strong>to</strong> McIlwraith’s<br />

classic work The Bella Coola Indians (1948), incorporating<br />

his letters from the field as well as previously<br />

unpublished essays on the Nuxalk. Vivid and lively,<br />

the letters show the human side of the anthropologist,<br />

and provide a fascinating insight in<strong>to</strong> the famous<br />

Northwest winter ceremonials and potlatch – events<br />

in which McIlwraith was one of the few white men<br />

privileged <strong>to</strong> participate as a dancer and partner.<br />

2003, 224 pages, 15 b/w illustrations, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0980-9 / 978-0-7748-0980-1 paper $34.95<br />

Making Vancouver<br />

Class, Status, and Social<br />

Boundaries, 1863 – 1913<br />

Robert A.J. McDonald<br />

Making Vancouver is a solid piece of his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />

research and writing that asks and answers the fundamental<br />

questions necessary <strong>to</strong> understanding the<br />

social evolution of Vancouver; [. . .] this book will<br />

now serve as the standard against which <strong>to</strong> measure<br />

any serious his<strong>to</strong>ry of Vancouver.<br />

– Carlos A. Schwantes, Bookshelf<br />

1996, 335 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0570-6 / 978-0-7748-0570-4 paper $32.95<br />

Game in the Garden<br />

A Human His<strong>to</strong>ry of Wildlife in<br />

Western Canada <strong>to</strong> 1940<br />

George W. Colpitts<br />

Game in the Garden examines grassroots conservation<br />

activities and identifies early slaughter rituals,<br />

iconographic traditions, and subsistence strategies<br />

that endured in<strong>to</strong> the interwar years in the twentieth<br />

century. Drawing on local and provincial sources,<br />

Colpitts analyzes popular meanings and booster<br />

messages discernible in taxidermy work, city nature<br />

museums, and promotional pho<strong>to</strong>graphy.<br />

2002, 216 pages, illustrations, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0963-9 / 978-0-7748-0963-4 paper $32.95<br />

Tales of Ghosts<br />

First Nations Art in British Columbia,1922–61<br />

Ronald W. Hawker<br />

The years between 1922 and 1961, the “Dark Ages<br />

of Northwest Coast art,” have largely been ignored<br />

by art his<strong>to</strong>rians, and dismissed as a period of artistic<br />

decline. Tales of Ghosts reclaims this era, arguing<br />

that it was instead a critical period during which art<br />

played an important role in public discourses on the<br />

status of First Nations people in Canadian society.<br />

2002, 248 pages, illustrations, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0955-8 / 978-0-7748-0955-9 paper $29.95<br />

The Chinese in Vancouver, 1945–80<br />

The Pursuit of Identity and Power<br />

Wing Chung Ng<br />

Ng’s analysis allows for a poignant human dimension<br />

<strong>to</strong> frame the inevitable passing of the oldtimers’<br />

generation, and also explains why these<br />

organizations continues <strong>to</strong> exist... This book is<br />

a welcome addition <strong>to</strong> studies of the Chinese in<br />

Vancouver, as this community continues <strong>to</strong> thrive<br />

on Canada’s west coast.<br />

– Paul Yee, British Columbia His<strong>to</strong>rical News<br />

1999, 256 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0733-4 / 978-0-7748-0733-3 paper $32.95<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca 53


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />

Stepping S<strong>to</strong>nes <strong>to</strong> Nowhere<br />

The Aleutian Islands, Alaska, and<br />

American Military Strategy, 1867–1945<br />

Galen Perras<br />

In Stepping S<strong>to</strong>nes <strong>to</strong> Nowhere, Galen Perras shows<br />

how efforts <strong>to</strong> make the Aleutian Islands a theatre of<br />

war rivalling Europe or the South Pacific foundered.<br />

This clash demonstrated problems with the way<br />

that American civilian and military decision makers<br />

sought <strong>to</strong> incite a global conflict.<br />

2004, 288 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0990-6 / 978-0-7748-0990-0 paper $32.95<br />

US pb rights held by Naval Institute <strong>Press</strong><br />

Frigates and Foremasts<br />

The North American Squadron in Nova Scotia<br />

Waters, 1745–1815<br />

Julian Gwyn<br />

The first comprehensive study of naval operations<br />

involving North American squadrons in Nova Scotia,<br />

Frigates and Foremasts offers a masterful analysis<br />

of the motives behind the deployment of Royal Navy<br />

vessels between 1745 and 1815, and the navy’s role<br />

on the Western Atlantic.<br />

2003, 224 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0911-6 / 978-0-7748-0911-5 paper $32.95<br />

STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />

Published in association with the Canadian War Museum<br />

Death So Noble<br />

Memory, Meaning, and the First <strong>World</strong> War<br />

Jonathan F. Vance<br />

Winner of the 1998 Sir John A. Macdonald Prize,<br />

awarded by the Canadian His<strong>to</strong>rical Association, Death<br />

So Noble examines Canada’s collective memory of the<br />

First <strong>World</strong> War through the 1920s and 1930s. Taking<br />

an unorthodox view of the Canadian war experience, it<br />

deals with cultural his<strong>to</strong>ry, and considers the Great War<br />

as a cultural and philosophical force rather than as a<br />

political and military event.<br />

1997, 334 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0600-1 / 978-0-7748-0600-8 paper $32.95<br />

Not the Slightest Chance<br />

The Defence of Hong Kong, 1941<br />

Tony Banham<br />

The book assembles a phase-by-phase, day-by-day,<br />

hour-by-hour, and death-by-death account of the 1941<br />

battle of Hong Kong. It considers the individual actions<br />

that made up the fighting, and the strategies, plans,<br />

and the many controversies that arose. It is a vital addition<br />

<strong>to</strong> the his<strong>to</strong>ry of <strong>World</strong> War II and Hong Kong.<br />

2004, 280 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-1045-9 / 978-0-7748-1045-6 paper $32.95<br />

North American rights only<br />

No Place <strong>to</strong> Run<br />

The Canadian Corps and Gas Warfare<br />

in the First <strong>World</strong> War<br />

Tim Cook<br />

This acclaimed study provides a challenging re-examination<br />

of the function of gas warfare in the First<br />

<strong>World</strong> War, including its important role in delivering<br />

vic<strong>to</strong>ry in the campaign of 1918 and its curious<br />

post-war legacy. It will be of interest both <strong>to</strong> his<strong>to</strong>rians<br />

and military buffs.<br />

1999, 304 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0740-7 / 978-0-7748-0740-1 paper $32.95<br />

Objects of Concern<br />

Canadian Prisoners of War Through<br />

the Twentieth Century<br />

Jonathan F. Vance<br />

This book provides a comprehensive account of how<br />

the Canadian government and non-governmental<br />

organizations like the Red Cross have dealt with<br />

the problems of prisoners of war. Vance examines<br />

Canada’s role in the formation of an important aspect<br />

of international law, traces the activities of a number<br />

of philanthropic agencies, and recounts the efforts<br />

of ex-prisoners <strong>to</strong> secure compensation for the longterm<br />

effects of captivity.<br />

1997, 330 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0520-X / 978-0-7748-0520-9 paper $25.95<br />

54<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />

The Halifax Explosion and<br />

the Royal Canadian Navy<br />

Inquiry and Intrigue<br />

John Griffith Armstrong<br />

This detailed exposition is a fascinating tale, rivalling<br />

the best courtroom drama, with a denouement<br />

that confounds the reader and explains why the<br />

Canadian Navy is still at odds with Haligonians.<br />

– Charles Godfrey, Literary Review of Canada<br />

2002, 256 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0891-8 /978-0-7748-0891-0 paper $29.95<br />

STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />

Published in association with the Canadian War Museum<br />

Canada and Quebec<br />

One Country, Two His<strong>to</strong>ries<br />

Robert Bothwell<br />

Relations between Canada and Quebec have never<br />

been easy. There has always been conflict between<br />

the two governments and between two points of<br />

view. The issue of separation continues <strong>to</strong> be complicated<br />

by the division of the huge national debt,<br />

the possibility of further terri<strong>to</strong>rial partition within a<br />

separate Quebec, the rights of First Nations people,<br />

and the spectre of separatist movements in Eastern<br />

Europe in recent years.<br />

1998, 296 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0653-2 / 978-0-7748-0653-4 paper $29.95<br />

Ancient People of the Arctic<br />

Robert McGhee<br />

Ancient People of the Arctic traces the lives of the<br />

Palaeo-Eskimos, the bold first explorers of the Arctic.<br />

McGhee ingeniously reconstructs a picture of this<br />

life at the margins. He discusses how the Palaeo-Eskimos<br />

spread across the entire Arctic, explains how<br />

they dealt with sharp climate changes that drastically<br />

altered their environment, offers glimpses in<strong>to</strong> their<br />

spiritual practices and world view, and speculates<br />

about their eventual demise.<br />

2001, 224 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-08543 / 978-0-7748-0854-5 paper $29.95<br />

Potlatch at Gitsegukla<br />

William Beynon’s 1945 Field Notebooks<br />

Edited by Margaret Anderson and<br />

Marjorie Halpin<br />

William Beynon attended and participated in five days<br />

of potlatches and <strong>to</strong>tem pole raisings at the Gitksan<br />

village of Gitsegukla in 1945. His written records<br />

of Northwest coast potlatching are unsurpassed in<br />

documenting these activities among the Gitksan.<br />

This rare, first-hand, ethnographic account reveals<br />

the wonderful complexities of potlatch events.<br />

2000, 296 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0744-X / 978-0-7748-0744-9 paper $39.95<br />

A Pioneer Gentlewoman in<br />

British Columbia<br />

The Recollections of Susan Allison<br />

Edited by Margaret A. Ormsby<br />

In 1860, Susan Louisa Moir left England for British<br />

Columbia. Her record of the voyage, of Vic<strong>to</strong>ria, New<br />

Westminster, and Hope as they were in the 1860s,<br />

and her memories of the isolated but fulfilling life<br />

she, her husband, and their fourteen children led in<br />

the Similkameen and Okanagan Valleys provide a<br />

unique view of the he pioneer mind and spirit.<br />

1991 (orig. pub. 1976), 205 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0392-4 / 978-0-7748-0392-2 paper $24.95<br />

The Klondike Stampede<br />

Tappan Adney<br />

This classic in Yukon gold rush literature was originally<br />

published in 1900 and has long been out of print.<br />

Tappan Adney, a New York journalist, was dispatched<br />

<strong>to</strong> the Yukon in 1897, at the height of the gold fever,<br />

<strong>to</strong> ‘furnish news and pictures of the new gold fields.’<br />

The pages contain excellent descriptions of the people,<br />

places, events, and experiences of the Klondike<br />

stampede.<br />

1994, 496 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0490-4 / 978-0-7748-0490-5 paper $25.95<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca 55


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />

» ALSO OF INTEREST<br />

Beyond the City Limits<br />

Rural His<strong>to</strong>ry in British Columbia<br />

R.W. Sandwell<br />

1999, 304 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0695-8 / 978-0-7748-0695-4 paper $32.95<br />

The Canadian Department of Justice<br />

and the Completion of Confederation,<br />

1867–78<br />

Jonathan Swainger<br />

2000, 176 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0793-8 / 978-0-7748-0793-7 paper $32.95<br />

Couture and Commerce<br />

The Transatlantic Fashion Trade in the 1950s<br />

Alexandra Palmer<br />

2002, 420 pages, illustrations, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0826-8 / 978-0-7748-0826-2 cloth $75.00<br />

Published in association with the Royal Ontario Museum<br />

The Fort Langley Journals, 1827–30<br />

Morag Maclachlan<br />

1999, 288 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0665-6 / 978-0-7748-0665-7 paper $24.95<br />

A His<strong>to</strong>ry of Domestic Space<br />

Privacy and the Canadian Home<br />

W. Peter Ward<br />

1999, 192 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0684-2 / 978-0-7748-0684-8 cloth $39.95<br />

Scars of War<br />

The Impact of Warfare on Modern China<br />

Edited by Diana Lary and Stephen MacKinnon<br />

2001, 222 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0841-1 / 978-0-7748-0841-5 paper $32.95<br />

Trading Beyond the Mountains<br />

The British Fur Trade on the Pacific, 1793–1843<br />

Richard Somerset Mackie<br />

1997, 440 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0613-3 / 978-0-7748-0613-8 paper $32.95<br />

» For more information on these titles,<br />

and <strong>to</strong> view our complete backlist, please<br />

visit www.ubcpress.ca<br />

56<br />

» CLASSICS FROM THE PIONEERS OF<br />

BRITISH COLUMBIA SERIES<br />

Alex Lord’s British Columbia<br />

Recollections of a Rural School Inspec<strong>to</strong>r, 1915–1936<br />

Edited by John Calam<br />

1991, 200 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0385-1 / 978-0-7748-0385-4 paper $24.95<br />

Hobnobbing with a Countess and<br />

Other Okanagan Adventures<br />

The Diaries of Alice Barrett Parke, 1891–1900<br />

Jo Fraser Jones<br />

2001, 384 pages, illustrations, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0853-5 / 978-0-7748-0853-8 paper $29.95<br />

Letters from Windermere, 1912–1914<br />

Edited by Cole Harris and Elizabeth Phillips<br />

1984, 277 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0394-0 / 978-0-7748-0394-6 paper $22.95<br />

Robert Brown and the Vancouver Island<br />

Exploring Expedition<br />

Edited by John Hayman<br />

1989, 216 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0395-9 / 978-0-7748-0395-3 paper $24.95<br />

They Call Me Father<br />

Memoirs of Father Nicolas Coccola<br />

Edited by Margaret Whitehead<br />

1988, 222 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0396-7 / 978-0-7748-0396-0 paper $24.95<br />

This Blessed Wilderness<br />

Archibald McDonald’s Letters from the Columbia<br />

Jean Murray Cole<br />

2001, 308 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0833-0 / 978-0-7748-0833-0 paper $24.95<br />

To the Charlottes<br />

George Dawson’s 1878 Survey of the Queen<br />

Charlotte Islands<br />

Edited by Douglas Cole and Bradley Lockner<br />

1993, 222 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0415-7 / 978-0-7748-0415-8 paper $22.95<br />

The Vancouver Island Letters of Edmund<br />

Hope Verney, 1862–65<br />

Edited by Allan Pritchard<br />

1996, 323 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-0573-0 / 978-0-7748-0573-5 paper $29.95<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


Royal British Columbia Museum<br />

Up-Coast<br />

Forests and Industry on British<br />

Columbia’s North Coast,<br />

1870–2005<br />

Richard A. Rajala<br />

Up Coast offers the first<br />

comprehensive his<strong>to</strong>ry of<br />

British Columbia’s centraland-north-coast<br />

forest<br />

industry. Rajala integrates<br />

social, political, and<br />

environmental themes in<br />

depicting the relationship<br />

of coastal people and<br />

communities <strong>to</strong> the forest<br />

from the late 19th century<br />

<strong>to</strong> the present.<br />

Relating these themes <strong>to</strong> a tradition of activism<br />

against capitalist inequities, Up Coast discusses<br />

First Nations, union and community protests against<br />

corporate exploitation of labour and resources. In addressing<br />

the modern era of land claims, environmentalism<br />

and capital-flight, Rajala turns <strong>to</strong> the complex<br />

and unresolved struggle for a more equitable and<br />

sustainable human relationship with British Columbia’s<br />

forests.<br />

Richard A. Rajala teaches his<strong>to</strong>ry at the University<br />

of Vic<strong>to</strong>ria. His book Clearcutting the Pacific Rain<br />

Forest won the Forest His<strong>to</strong>ry Society’s Charles A.<br />

Weyerhaeuser Award.<br />

Contents<br />

Preface<br />

Introduction<br />

1 Shallow Roots: Early Forest Industrialization, 1880–1914<br />

2 The Spruce Drive: <strong>World</strong> War 1 and the Forest Economy<br />

3 The Twenties: Pacific Mills Take Control<br />

4 <strong>From</strong> Slump <strong>to</strong> Boom: Depression, War and Changing<br />

Patterns in Froest Exploitation<br />

5 “No Camp Large or Small Will Be Missed”: The IWA and<br />

the Loggers’ Navy, 1935–70<br />

6 “Era of Error”: Sustained Yield and the Dynamics of<br />

Development, 1945–70<br />

7 Winding Down: Up-Coast Forests and Communities After<br />

the Boom<br />

Afterword: Up-Coast Up <strong>to</strong> Now<br />

Endnotes; Glossary; Select Bibliography; Index<br />

Surveying Central British<br />

Columbia<br />

A Pho<strong>to</strong>journal of Frank Swannell<br />

1920-1928<br />

Jay Sherwood<br />

Surveying Central British<br />

Columbia traces the<br />

career of Frank Swannell,<br />

one of British Columbia’s<br />

most famous surveyors,<br />

following his return from<br />

<strong>World</strong> War I. Considered<br />

one of BC’s most famous<br />

surveyors, Swannell’s<br />

journals and outstanding<br />

pho<strong>to</strong>graphs of central<br />

BC show the changes<br />

beginning <strong>to</strong> occur in this<br />

largely wilderness region. Swannell pho<strong>to</strong>graphed<br />

First Peoples, settlers, various methods of transportation,<br />

and the daily life of a surveying crew. He<br />

<strong>to</strong>ok about 1500 pho<strong>to</strong>graphs from 1920 <strong>to</strong> 1928,<br />

and the author has selected the best for this book;<br />

many are previously unpublished and have his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />

significance. In particular, Swannell’s pho<strong>to</strong>graphs of<br />

the landscape of the Coast Mountains are especially<br />

relevant in demonstrating climate change in British<br />

Columbia.<br />

Surveying Central British Columbia is based<br />

primarily on Swannell’s diaries and pho<strong>to</strong>graphs.<br />

It is supplemented by interviews with descendants<br />

of some members of Swannell’s surveying crew,<br />

research, and the author’s personal visits <strong>to</strong> several<br />

places where Swannell surveyed. It includes a list of<br />

Swannell’s pho<strong>to</strong>graphs, which are archived at the<br />

BC Archives.<br />

Jay Sherwood, a his<strong>to</strong>rian and former surveyor, is<br />

the author of Surveying Northern British Columbia, a<br />

2005 BC Book Prize finalist. Sherwood now lives in<br />

Vancouver, where he works as a teacher-librarian.<br />

November 2007<br />

192 pages, 150 Illustrations, maps, 9.5 x 10.5”<br />

0-7726-5742-4 / 978-0-7726-5742-8 paper $39.95<br />

2006, 294 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7748-1054-8 / 978-0-7748-1054-8 cloth $49.95<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca 57


<strong>UBC</strong> Manchester <strong>Press</strong> University <strong>Press</strong><br />

Beginning Postcolonialism<br />

John McLeod<br />

Beginning Theory<br />

An Introduction <strong>to</strong> Literary and<br />

Cultural Theory<br />

SECOND EDITION<br />

Peter Barry<br />

Postcolonialism has<br />

become one of the most<br />

exciting, expanding and<br />

challenging areas of literary<br />

and cultural studies<br />

<strong>to</strong>day. Yet the variety of<br />

approaches, the range of<br />

debate and the technical<br />

language can make it difficult<br />

for new students <strong>to</strong><br />

establish a firm foothold in<br />

this area. Designed especially<br />

for those studying the <strong>to</strong>pic for the first time,<br />

Beginning Postcolonialism introduces the major areas<br />

of concern in a clear, accessible and organised<br />

fashion. It provides an overview of the emergence of<br />

postcolonialism as a discipline and closely examines<br />

many of its important critical writings. In particular,<br />

John McLeod demonstrates in practice how many of<br />

the ideas and concepts in the subject can be usefully<br />

applied when reading texts, as well as inviting students<br />

<strong>to</strong> develop their own views of postcolonialism.<br />

The third in the very successful Beginnings series,<br />

Beginning Postcolonialism will prove an invaluable<br />

<strong>to</strong> anyone studying english, his<strong>to</strong>ry, philosophy, and<br />

theory.<br />

Contents<br />

1 <strong>From</strong> “Commonwealth” <strong>to</strong> “Postcolonial”<br />

2 Reading Colonial Discourses<br />

3 Nationalistic Representations<br />

4 The Nation in Questions<br />

5 Re-reading and Rewriting English Literature<br />

6 Postcolonialism and Feminism<br />

7 Diaspora Identities<br />

8 Postcolonialism and the Critics<br />

2000, 288 pages, 5 x 8”<br />

0-7190-5209-2 / 978-0-7190-5209-5<br />

paper $23.95 CRO<br />

The success of Beginning<br />

Theory has shown<br />

that there is no better<br />

introduction for students<br />

encountering literary and<br />

cultural theory for the<br />

first time.<br />

Expanded and updated<br />

from the original edition<br />

first published in 1995,<br />

Peter Barry has incorporated<br />

all of the recent<br />

developments in literary theory, adding two new<br />

chapters covering the emergent Eco-criticism and<br />

the re-emerging Narra<strong>to</strong>logy. They complement the<br />

original chapters on liberal humanism, Marxism, new<br />

his<strong>to</strong>ricism, cultural materialism, postcolonialism,<br />

feminism, deconstruction, queer theory, structuralism,<br />

poststructuralism, postmodernism, stylistics,<br />

and psychoanalytic theory.<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction<br />

1 Theory before “theory” – liberal humanism<br />

2 Structuralism<br />

3 Post-structuralism and deconstruction<br />

4 Postmodernism<br />

5 Psychoanalytic criticism<br />

6 Feminist criticism<br />

7 Lesbian/gay criticism<br />

8 Marxist criticism<br />

9 New his<strong>to</strong>ricism and cultural materialism<br />

10 Postcolonial criticism<br />

11 Stylistics<br />

12 Narra<strong>to</strong>logy<br />

13 Eco-criticism<br />

Appendices<br />

Where do we go from here?<br />

2002, 304 pages, 5 x 8”<br />

0-7190-6268-3 / 978-0-7190-6268-1<br />

paper $24.95 CRO<br />

58<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


Manchester University <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />

Art His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

A Critical Introduction <strong>to</strong><br />

Its Methods<br />

Michael Hatt and Charlotte Klonk<br />

Joan of Arc<br />

La Pucelle<br />

Craig Taylor<br />

Art His<strong>to</strong>ry: A Critical<br />

Introduction <strong>to</strong> Its Methods<br />

provides a lively and<br />

stimulating introduction <strong>to</strong><br />

methodological debates<br />

within art his<strong>to</strong>ry. Offering<br />

a lucid account of approaches<br />

from Hegel <strong>to</strong><br />

post-colonialism, the book<br />

provides a sense of art<br />

his<strong>to</strong>ry’s own his<strong>to</strong>ry as a<br />

discipline from its emergence<br />

in the late-eighteenth century <strong>to</strong> contemporary<br />

debates. By explaining the underlying philosophical<br />

and political assumptions behind each method, along<br />

with clear examples of how these are brought <strong>to</strong> bear<br />

on visual and his<strong>to</strong>rical analysis, the authors show<br />

that an adherence <strong>to</strong> a certain method is, in effect, a<br />

commitment <strong>to</strong> a set of beliefs and values. The book<br />

makes a strong case for the vitality of the discipline<br />

and its methodological centrality <strong>to</strong> new fields such<br />

as visual culture.<br />

This book will be of enormous value <strong>to</strong> undergraduate<br />

and graduate students, and also makes its own<br />

contributions <strong>to</strong> ongoing scholarly debates about<br />

theory and method.<br />

Contents<br />

1 Introduction<br />

2 A variety of interpretations: a preview<br />

3 Hegel and the birth of art his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

4 Connoisseurship<br />

5 Formalism: Heinrich Wölfflin and Alois Riegl<br />

6 Iconography – Iconology: Erwin Panofsky<br />

7 Marxism and the social his<strong>to</strong>ry of art<br />

8 Feminism<br />

9 Psychoanalysis<br />

10 Semiotics<br />

11 Postcolonialism<br />

12 Conclusion<br />

This sourcebook collects<br />

<strong>to</strong>gether for the first time<br />

in English the major documents<br />

relating <strong>to</strong> the life<br />

and contemporary reputation<br />

of Joan of Arc. For<br />

many, Joan represents the<br />

voice of ordinary people in<br />

the fifteenth century; the<br />

victims of high politics and<br />

warfare that devastated<br />

France. Her s<strong>to</strong>ry ended<br />

tragically in 1431 when she was put on trial for<br />

heresy and sorcery by an ecclesiastical court and<br />

was burned at the stake. This book shows how the<br />

trial, which was organised by her enemies, provides<br />

an important window in<strong>to</strong> late medieval attitudes<br />

<strong>to</strong>wards religion and gender, as Joan was effectively<br />

persecuted by the established Church for her supposedly<br />

non-conformist views on spirituality and the<br />

role of women.<br />

Presented within a contextual and critical framework,<br />

this book encourages scholars and students <strong>to</strong> rethink<br />

this remarkable s<strong>to</strong>ry. It will be invaluable reading for<br />

those working in the fields of medieval society and<br />

heresy, as well as the Hundred Years’ War.<br />

Contents<br />

Chronological table<br />

Introduction<br />

1 The life of Joan of Arc<br />

2 The trial of condemnation (February <strong>to</strong> May 1431)<br />

3 Debating Joan of Arc (1431–1450)<br />

4 The nullification trial (1455–1456)<br />

5 The memory of Joan of Arc<br />

Bibliography; Index<br />

2006, 392 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7190-6847-9 / 978-0-7190-6847-8<br />

paper $35.95<br />

2006, 256 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

1 colour and 28 b/w illustrations<br />

0-7190-6959-9 / 978-0-7190-6959-8<br />

paper $32.95 CRO<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca 59


<strong>UBC</strong> Manchester <strong>Press</strong> University <strong>Press</strong><br />

Exploring His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

1400–1900<br />

An Anthology of Primary Sources<br />

Peter J. Davies<br />

Chartism<br />

A New His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Malcolm Chase<br />

Exploring his<strong>to</strong>ry 1400–<br />

1900: An Anthology of<br />

Primary Sources reaches<br />

out <strong>to</strong> the reader across<br />

an expanse of 500 years.<br />

It offers a broad sweep<br />

of his<strong>to</strong>ry in the light of<br />

three key themes: consumers<br />

and producers;<br />

beliefs and ideologies; and<br />

state-formation. Spanning<br />

continents and genres, the<br />

selection of documents illuminates the links between<br />

concurrent events in diverse places and illustrates<br />

the legacies of important social, religious and political<br />

trends. Previously unpublished accounts and newly<br />

translated material reveal new perspectives on both<br />

familiar and less well-known events.<br />

In capturing this spectrum of human activity and endeavour<br />

the book uniquely provides insights in<strong>to</strong> the<br />

daily concerns and critical debates of the day, and<br />

the opportunity <strong>to</strong> engage with primary sources as<br />

<strong>to</strong>ols for the knowledge creation and critical evaluation.<br />

It will be an essential companion <strong>to</strong> a wide range<br />

of courses in his<strong>to</strong>rical study and an engaging read<br />

for anyone interested in researching, reviewing or<br />

relating more closely <strong>to</strong> a rich his<strong>to</strong>rical past.<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction<br />

1 England, France and Burgundy on the fifteenth century<br />

2 The European Reformation, 1500–1600<br />

3 The Wars of the Three Kingdoms, 1640–1690<br />

4 Slavery and Freedom<br />

5 Creating Nations, 1789–1871<br />

6 Nations and Empire, 1870–1914<br />

Index<br />

2006, 496 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7190-7588-2 / 978-0-7190-7588-9<br />

paper $29.95<br />

This is just what the subject<br />

has needed: a strong<br />

intertwined narrative and<br />

analysis, pulling out new<br />

themes as well as old and<br />

providing the human <strong>to</strong>uch<br />

through brief biographies<br />

that link in<strong>to</strong> and enhance<br />

the overall argument.<br />

A very important book<br />

combining scholarship<br />

with readability.<br />

– Professor John Wal<strong>to</strong>n,<br />

University of Central<br />

Lancashire<br />

Contents<br />

Illustrations<br />

Acknowledgments<br />

Abbreviations<br />

1 May–September 1838: “I have in my hand a charter – the<br />

people’s charter”<br />

Chartist lives: Abram and Elizabeth Hanson<br />

2 Oc<strong>to</strong>ber–December 1838: “The people are up”<br />

Chartist lives: Patrick Brewster<br />

3 January–July 1839: “The People’s Parliament”<br />

Chartist lives: Thomas Powel<br />

4 July–November 1839: “Extreme excitement and<br />

apprehension”<br />

Chartist lives: John Watkins<br />

5 November 1839–January 1840: After Newport<br />

Chartist lives: Samuel Holberry<br />

6 February 1840–December 1841: “The Charter and<br />

nothing less”<br />

Chartist lives: Elizabeth Neesom<br />

7 1842: “Toasting muffins at a volcano”<br />

Chartist lives: Richard Pilling<br />

8 1843–1846: Doldrums Years<br />

Chartist lives: Ann Dawson<br />

9 July 1846–April 1848: “A time <strong>to</strong> make men politicians”<br />

Chartist lives: William Cuffay<br />

10 April 1848 –1852: “Decent revolutionaries”?<br />

11 Chartist lives: “Ever present <strong>to</strong> the progressive mind”<br />

Money, prices and wages: a note<br />

A note on sources and further reading<br />

Index<br />

2007, 464 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7190-6087-7 / 978-0-7190-6087-8<br />

paper $39.95<br />

60<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


Manchester University <strong>Press</strong><br />

The Debate on the Rise of<br />

British Imperialism<br />

Anthony Webster<br />

The Debate on the French<br />

Revolution<br />

Peter J. Davies<br />

This fascinating and highly<br />

useful book examines the<br />

rise of the British empire<br />

and the various debates<br />

among his<strong>to</strong>rians of imperialism<br />

over the past<br />

two hundred years. It discusses<br />

why the empire is<br />

so attractive <strong>to</strong> his<strong>to</strong>rians,<br />

why there is so much debate<br />

and controversy surrounding<br />

the subject, and<br />

how different generations of his<strong>to</strong>rians have read the<br />

various episodes in the his<strong>to</strong>ry of the empire often<br />

radically differently.<br />

An engaging and useful work of his<strong>to</strong>riography, this<br />

book will be essential reading for students of British<br />

imperialism attempting <strong>to</strong> get <strong>to</strong> grips with the<br />

subject.<br />

Contents<br />

1 The British Empire: an enduring fascination<br />

2 Justifying British imperialism: the changing rationale of<br />

the empire builders<br />

3 Capitalism’s critics and defenders: early twentieth<br />

century economic explanations of Vic<strong>to</strong>rian British<br />

imperial expansion<br />

4 Metropole, periphery and informal empire: the Gallagher<br />

and Robinson controversy of the 1950s and after<br />

5 Cultural explanations of British imperialism I: post<br />

colonial theory and its critics<br />

6 Cultural explanations of British imperialism II: religion,<br />

race, gender and class<br />

7 The metropole strikes back: the new debate about<br />

gentlemanly capitalism and empire 1980-2004<br />

8 The future of Britain’s imperial his<strong>to</strong>ry?<br />

Index<br />

2006, 208 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7190-6793-6 / 978-0-7190-6793-8<br />

paper $29.95<br />

This book explores and expounds<br />

the various types<br />

of revolutionary his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

and the various schools of<br />

his<strong>to</strong>rical thought on the<br />

French Revolution. The<br />

survey of writings is both<br />

‘chronological’ and, at<br />

the same time, ‘thematic’<br />

- essentially, a vertical<br />

cross-section of his<strong>to</strong>rians<br />

from the early nineteenth<br />

century right up <strong>to</strong> the present day. <strong>From</strong> liberals <strong>to</strong><br />

conservatives and from Marxists <strong>to</strong> revisionists.<br />

The Debate on the French Revolution focuses on<br />

those individuals who are generally perceived <strong>to</strong> be<br />

the ‘major’ or ‘pre-eminent’ figures within revolutionary<br />

his<strong>to</strong>riography. For those students studying the<br />

French Revolution as part of a survey module on<br />

modern French his<strong>to</strong>ry or world revolutions, or for<br />

those students studying the French Revolution as a<br />

special subject, this book will be an ideal startingpoint.<br />

In a rigorous but concise style, the book considers<br />

the main eras and phases of his<strong>to</strong>riography.<br />

Contents<br />

Preface<br />

Introduction<br />

1 Immediate Responses<br />

2 Nineteenth Century – The Liberal Perspective<br />

3 Nineteenth Century – Idealist and Romantic Views<br />

4 Nineteenth Century – Tocqueville<br />

5 Nineteenth Century – Third Republic His<strong>to</strong>rians<br />

6 Twentieth Century – Marxist ‘Orthodoxy’<br />

7 Twentieth Century – “Soft Revisionism”<br />

8 Twentieth Century – “Hard Revisionism”<br />

9 Twentieth Century – Bicentenary Re-evaluations<br />

Postscript<br />

Bibliography; Index<br />

2006, 224 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7190-7177-1 / 978-0-7190-7177-5<br />

paper $29.95<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca 61


<strong>UBC</strong> Manchester <strong>Press</strong> University <strong>Press</strong><br />

The Healing Arts<br />

Health, Disease and Society in<br />

Europe, 1500–1800<br />

Edited by Peter Elmer<br />

The period from the Renaissance<br />

<strong>to</strong> the Enlightenment<br />

constitutes a vital phase<br />

in the his<strong>to</strong>ry of European<br />

medicine. This volume contains<br />

a comprehensive selection<br />

of classical writing<br />

and up-<strong>to</strong>-date research in<br />

the field, providing vivid and<br />

detailed accounts of key<br />

aspects of medical thought<br />

and practice in the period.<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction / Peter Elmer<br />

1 Medicine in western Europe in 1500 / Sachiko Kusukawa<br />

2 The sick and their healers, 1500–1700 / Silvia De Renzi<br />

3 The medical renaissance of the sixteenth century:<br />

Vesalius, medical humanism and bloodletting / Sachiko<br />

Kusukawa<br />

4 Medicine and religion in sixteenth–century Europe / Olé<br />

Peter Grell<br />

5 Chemical medicine and the challenge <strong>to</strong> Galenism: the<br />

legacy of Paracelsus, 1560–1700 / Peter Elmer<br />

6 Policies of health: diseases, poverty and hospitals,<br />

1500–1800 / Silvia De Renzi<br />

7 New models of the body, 1600–1800 / Silvia De Renzi<br />

8 Women and medicine, 1500–1800 / Silvia De Renzi<br />

9 ‘The mad, the bad, and the sad’: the experience and<br />

treatment of mental illness in early modern Europe /<br />

Peter Elmer<br />

10 War and medicine in early modern Europe: the effects of<br />

the military revolution / Olé Peter Grell<br />

11 Healing places: environment, health and population,<br />

1500–1800 / Mark Jenner<br />

12 Medicine and health in the age of European colonialism /<br />

Andrew Wear<br />

13 Organization, training and the medical marketplace in<br />

eighteenth–century Europe / Laurence Brockliss<br />

Glossary; Acknowledgements; Index<br />

2004, 400 pages, 7½ x 9¾”<br />

0-7190-6734-0 / 978-0-7190-6734-1<br />

paper $42.95 CRO<br />

Health, Disease, and Society<br />

in Europe, 1500–1800<br />

A Source Book<br />

Edited by Peter Elmer and<br />

Ole Peter Grell<br />

The period from the<br />

Renaissance <strong>to</strong> the Enlightenment<br />

constitutes a<br />

vital phase in the his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

of European medicine.<br />

This volume contains a<br />

comprehensive selection<br />

of classical writing and<br />

up-<strong>to</strong>-date research in<br />

the field, providing vivid<br />

and detailed accounts<br />

of key aspects of medical<br />

thought and practice in the period. These are<br />

arranged by themes and so complement the companion<br />

volume of essays in The Healing Arts: Health,<br />

Disease and Society in Europe, 1500–1800. They<br />

are also accompanied by brief, scholarly introductions<br />

<strong>to</strong> ensure that they are readily accessible <strong>to</strong><br />

both the specialist and general reader.<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction<br />

1 Medical practice and theory: The classical and<br />

medieval heritage<br />

2 The sick body and its healers, 1500–1700<br />

3 The medical renaissance of the sixteenth century:<br />

Vesalius, medical humanism and bloodletting<br />

4 Medicine and religion in sixteenth-century Europe<br />

5 Chemical medicine and the challenge <strong>to</strong> Galenism:<br />

The legacy of Paracelsus<br />

6 Charity, the state and public health in early modern<br />

Europe<br />

7 New models of the body, 1600–1800<br />

8 Women and medicine in early modern Europe<br />

9 The care and cure of the insane in early modern Europe<br />

10 War and medicine in early modern Europe<br />

11 Environment, health and population, 1500–1800<br />

12 European medicine in the age of colonialism<br />

13 Medical organisation, training and the medical<br />

marketplace in eighteenth-century Europe<br />

Index<br />

2004, 400 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7190-6737-5 / 978-0-7190-6737-2<br />

paper $39.95 CRO<br />

62<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


Manchester University <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />

Medicine Transformed<br />

Health, Disease, and Society in<br />

Europe, 1800–1930<br />

Edited by Deborah Brun<strong>to</strong>n<br />

Health, Disease, and Society<br />

in Europe, 1800-1930<br />

A Source Book<br />

Edited by Deborah Brun<strong>to</strong>n<br />

During the nineteenth century,<br />

medicine underwent<br />

a radical transformation.<br />

New understandings of<br />

the body opened up surgery<br />

and treatments, and<br />

hospitals became centres<br />

for care, research, and<br />

training.<br />

In Medicine Transformed,<br />

original essays by established<br />

scholars in the social<br />

his<strong>to</strong>ry of medicine explore these developments<br />

and examine <strong>to</strong>pics such as the military and colonial<br />

medicine, the role of women, and access <strong>to</strong> care.<br />

The essays provide an accessible introduction, setting<br />

nineteenth- and early twentieth-century medicine<br />

in its political, cultural, intellectual, and economic<br />

contexts.<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction / Deborah Brun<strong>to</strong>n<br />

1 The localisation of disease / Laurence Brockliss<br />

2 The changing shape of the hospital / Hilary Marland<br />

3 Medical reform and medical practice / Deborah Brun<strong>to</strong>n<br />

4 Gender and medicine: Midwives, nurses and women<br />

doc<strong>to</strong>rs / Maxine Rhodes<br />

5 The development of surgery / Thomas Schlich<br />

6 Public health: Dealing with disease in populations /<br />

Deborah Brun<strong>to</strong>n<br />

7 Colonial and imperial medicine / Michael Worboys<br />

8 Asylums, psychiatry and mental disorder c.1815–1914 /<br />

Jonathan Andrews<br />

9 Motherhood and the state / Maxine Rhodes<br />

10 The fortunes of eugenics / James Moore<br />

11 The patient’s perspective: Access <strong>to</strong> care /<br />

Deborah Brun<strong>to</strong>n<br />

12 Medicine in war / Roger Cooter<br />

13 The labora<strong>to</strong>ry revolution / Harmke Kamminga<br />

Index<br />

2004, 440 pages, 7½ x 9¾” ”<br />

0-7190-6735-9 / 978-0-7190-6735-8<br />

paper $42.95 CRO<br />

Health, Disease and<br />

Society in Europe, 1800-<br />

1930 provides readers<br />

with unrivalled access <strong>to</strong><br />

a comprehensive range of<br />

sources on major themes<br />

in nineteenth- and early<br />

twentieth-century medicine.<br />

The book covers issues<br />

such as the changing role<br />

of the hospital, disease,<br />

colonial and imperial<br />

medicine, women, war, the emergence of modern<br />

surgery, welfare and the state, and the growth of<br />

asylum. Extracts from contemporary writings vividly<br />

illustrate key aspects of medical thought and practice,<br />

while a selection of classic his<strong>to</strong>rical research<br />

and up-<strong>to</strong>-date work in the field gives a sense of our<br />

understanding of medical his<strong>to</strong>ry. Introductions make<br />

the sources accessible both <strong>to</strong> the student and the<br />

interested general reader. The extracts are arranged<br />

by <strong>to</strong>pic and thus complement the essays in the<br />

companion volume Medicine Transformed: Health,<br />

Disease and Society in Europe, 1800-1930.<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction<br />

1 The localisation of disease<br />

2 The changing role of the hospital<br />

3 The emergence of modern surgery<br />

4 The labora<strong>to</strong>ry revolution<br />

6 Women in Medicine<br />

7 Disease in populations<br />

8 Colonial and Imperial medicine, 1800–1930<br />

9 Welfare and the state<br />

11 The growth of the asylum<br />

12 War and medicine<br />

13 Access <strong>to</strong> health<br />

2004, 328 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7190-6739-1 / 978-0-7190-6739-6<br />

paper $39.95 CRO<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca 63


<strong>UBC</strong> Manchester <strong>Press</strong> University <strong>Press</strong><br />

Power and the People<br />

A Social His<strong>to</strong>ry of Central European<br />

Politics, 1945–56<br />

Edited by Eleonore Breuning, Jill Lewis<br />

and Gareth Pritchard<br />

This book covers various<br />

aspects of the social his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

of politics on both<br />

sides of the Iron Curtain in<br />

the period 1945 <strong>to</strong> 1956.<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction<br />

Workers<br />

1 Social protest in the<br />

Ruhr, 1945–1949 / Dick<br />

Geary<br />

2 Young workers, the<br />

Free German Youth (FDJ) and<br />

the June 1953 uprising / Alan McDougal<br />

3 Worker protest and the origins of the Austrian Social<br />

Partnership / Jill Lewis<br />

4 Workers in Hungary / Mark Pittaway<br />

Ethnic and linguistic minorities<br />

1 Between “Heimat” and “Expulsion”: The construction of<br />

the Sudeten German ‘Volksgruppe’ in post-war Germany<br />

/ Eva Hahn<br />

2 The Sorbs of Lusatia, the Socialist Unity Party and the<br />

Soviet Union (1945–1953) / Peter Barker<br />

3 The Carinthian Slovenes / Robert Knight<br />

4 His<strong>to</strong>rical trauma in ethnic identity / Dagmar Kusá<br />

Youth<br />

1 ‘Reforming mentalities’: The Allies, young people, and<br />

‘new music’ in Western Germany, 1945–1955 / Toby<br />

Thacker<br />

2 Saints and devils: Youth in the SBZ/GDR, 1945–1955 /<br />

Mark Fenemore<br />

3 Austrian youth in the 1950s / Karin Schmidlechner<br />

4 Sokol and the Communists: The Battle for Czech Youth,<br />

1945–1948 / Mark Dimond<br />

Women<br />

1 Women, work and unemployment in post-war Germany /<br />

Vanessa Beck<br />

2 Women and the Left in post–war Germany / Gareth<br />

Pritchard<br />

3 Gender and abortion after the Second <strong>World</strong> War / Maria<br />

Mesner<br />

4 Hungarian women in politics / Andrea Petõ<br />

Glossary; List of Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs; Index<br />

2005, 320 pages, 9 x 6 ”<br />

0-7190-7069-4 / 978-0-7190-7069-3<br />

paper $37.95<br />

Reflections on the Marxist<br />

Theory of His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Paul Blackledge<br />

Paul Blackledge opens this<br />

study with a defence of the<br />

Marxist approach <strong>to</strong> the<br />

study of his<strong>to</strong>ry against<br />

what he argues as being<br />

the naive empiricism of<br />

traditional his<strong>to</strong>rians and<br />

the relativism of the postmodernists.<br />

He moves on<br />

<strong>to</strong> outline Marx and Engels<br />

analyses of concrete his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />

processes and their<br />

critiques of the alternative<br />

his<strong>to</strong>riographic methodologies of their contemporaries.<br />

He then discusses neglected his<strong>to</strong>rical works<br />

produced by Marxists in the half-century or so after<br />

Marx and Engels’ deaths. Two central chapters<br />

survey recent Marxist debates on, first, the nature<br />

of modes of productions, including slave, feudal and<br />

tributary systems, and the revolutionary transitions<br />

between them; and, second, the methodological<br />

debate over the issue of structure and agency in the<br />

movement of his<strong>to</strong>ry. Finally, he shows the political<br />

relevance of these debates through a concluding<br />

survey of competing Marxist attempts <strong>to</strong> periodise<br />

the present, postmodern, conjuncture.<br />

This book is perfect for his<strong>to</strong>rians, students of cultural,<br />

social and political theory and anti-capitalist<br />

activists.<br />

Contents<br />

Preface and acknowledgements<br />

1 Marxism and his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

2 Marx, Engels and his<strong>to</strong>rical materialism<br />

3 His<strong>to</strong>rical materialism: <strong>From</strong> the Second <strong>to</strong> the Third<br />

Internationals<br />

4 Modes of production and social transitions<br />

5 Structure, agency and the struggle for freedom<br />

Conclusion; Index<br />

2006, 232 pages, 9 x 6”<br />

0-7190-6957-2 / 978-0-7190-6957-4<br />

paper $29.95<br />

64<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


Manchester University <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />

Women in Italy, 1350–1650<br />

Ideals and Realities<br />

Edited by Mary Rogers and<br />

Paola Tinagli<br />

The Towns of Italy in<br />

the Later Middle Ages<br />

Edited by Trevor Dean<br />

This enlightening book aims <strong>to</strong> fill the gap in the<br />

literature on women’s lives from the mid-fourteenth<br />

<strong>to</strong> the mid-seventeenth century, a time in which Italian<br />

urban societies saw much debate on the nature<br />

of women. Indeed these were debates which would<br />

in subsequent years resonate throughout Europe<br />

as a whole.<br />

2005, 288 pages, 20 b/w illustrations, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7190-7209-3 / 978-0-7190-7209-3<br />

paper $37.95 CRO<br />

The Towns of Italy in the Later Middle Ages presents<br />

over one hundred fascinating documents, carefully<br />

selected and coordinated from the richest, most<br />

innovative and most documented society of the European<br />

Middle Ages: the urban civilization of Italy.<br />

2000, 300 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7190-5204-1 / 978-0-7190-5204-0<br />

paper $35.95 CRO<br />

The Kiss in His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Edited by Karen Harvey<br />

An eminent group of cultural his<strong>to</strong>rians explore the<br />

kiss through sources as diverse as religious texts,<br />

popular prints, court depositions, periodicals, diaries<br />

and poetry. They demonstrate how cultural his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

has been shaped by a broad concept of culture,<br />

encompassing more than just the canons of art and<br />

literature, and integrating both ‘his<strong>to</strong>rical’ and ‘nonhis<strong>to</strong>rical’<br />

sources.<br />

2005, 240 pages, 9 b/w illustrations, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7190-6595-X / 978-0-7190-6595-8<br />

paper $34.95 CRO<br />

Fascist Italy<br />

John Whittam<br />

Fascist Italy is a lively and concise introduction <strong>to</strong> the<br />

phenomenon of Italian Fascism and its impact. The<br />

author balances a re-evaluation of political, diplomatic<br />

and military developments with a full assessment<br />

of the more neglected domestic and cultural dimensions<br />

of the subject.<br />

1995, 174 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7190-4004-3 / 978-0-7190-4004-7<br />

paper $28.95 CRO<br />

Masculinities in Politics and War<br />

Gendering Modern His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Edited by Stefan Dudink, Karen Hagemann,<br />

and John Tosh<br />

Building on three decades of research in women’s and<br />

gender his<strong>to</strong>ry, this book opens up new avenues in the<br />

his<strong>to</strong>ry of masculinity. The essays by social, political<br />

and cultural his<strong>to</strong>rians therefore map masculinity’s part<br />

in making revolution, waging war, building nations, and<br />

constructing welfare states.<br />

2004, 352ages, 6 x 9”<br />

5 b/w illustrations<br />

0-7190-6521-6 / 978-0-7190-6521-7<br />

paper $39.95 CRO<br />

Late Imperial Russia<br />

Problems and Prospects<br />

Edited by Ian D. Thatcher<br />

This volume offers a detailed examination of the stability<br />

of the late imperial regime in Russia. Accessible<br />

yet insightful, contributions cover the his<strong>to</strong>riography<br />

of complex <strong>to</strong>pics such as peasants, workers, revolutionaries,<br />

foreign relations, and Nicholas II. Each<br />

chapter also highlights a unique interpretation, suggesting<br />

new lines of inquiry and research.<br />

2005, 256 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7190-6787-1 / 978-0-7190-6787-7<br />

paper $32.95 CRO<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca 65


<strong>UBC</strong> Manchester <strong>Press</strong> University <strong>Press</strong><br />

Munitions of the Mind<br />

A His<strong>to</strong>ry of Propaganda<br />

THIRD EDITION<br />

Philip M. Taylor<br />

Munitions of the Mind<br />

forces us <strong>to</strong> fundamentally<br />

rethink how we popularly<br />

regard propaganda… it<br />

transcends traditional<br />

disciplines and is in a real<br />

sense a multidisciplinary<br />

<strong>to</strong>ur de force.<br />

– Professor David Welch,<br />

University of Kent<br />

This classic work traces<br />

how propaganda has<br />

formed part of the fabric<br />

of conflict since the dawn of warfare, and how in its<br />

broadest definition it has also been part of a process<br />

of persuasion at the heart of human communication.<br />

S<strong>to</strong>ne monuments, coins, broadsheets, paintings<br />

and pamphlets, posters, radio, film, television, computers<br />

and satellite communications – propaganda<br />

has had access <strong>to</strong> ever more complex and versatile<br />

media. This third edition has been revised and expanded<br />

<strong>to</strong> include a new preface, new chapters on<br />

the 1991 Gulf War, information age conflict in the<br />

post-Cold War era, and the world after the terrorist<br />

attacks of September 11.<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction<br />

1 Propaganda in the Ancient <strong>World</strong><br />

2 Propaganda in the Middle Ages<br />

4 Propaganda in the Age of Revolutionary Warfare<br />

5 Propaganda in the Age of Total War and Cold War<br />

6 The New <strong>World</strong> Information <strong>Disorder</strong><br />

2003, 352 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7190-6767-7 / 978-0-7190-6767-9<br />

paper $35.95 CRO<br />

The Vietnam Wars<br />

Kevin Ruane<br />

This lively source book chronicles the his<strong>to</strong>ry of one<br />

of the bloodiest and most controversial conflicts<br />

of the twentieth century, beginning with the birth of<br />

the Vietnamese communist party in 1930 and ending<br />

with the triumph of the Vietnamese revolution in<br />

1975. Through a series of short essays, but most<br />

especially through the documents themselves, the<br />

book illustrates and illuminates both the conflict and<br />

the main his<strong>to</strong>rical debates about its origins, course<br />

and consequences.<br />

2000, 212 pages, 5 x 8”<br />

0-7190-5490-7 / 978-0-7190-5490-7<br />

paper $28.95 CRO<br />

The Rise of the Nazis<br />

SECOND EDITION<br />

Conan Fischer<br />

How and why did the Nazis seize power in Germany?<br />

Nearly seventy years on, the question remains heated,<br />

and important discoveries continue <strong>to</strong> challenge<br />

long-standing assumptions. In this new edition of The<br />

Rise of the Nazis, Conan Fischer takes s<strong>to</strong>ck of the<br />

current debates and concludes that certain orthodoxies<br />

require rethinking.<br />

2002, 208 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7190-6067-2 / 978-0-7190-6067-0<br />

paper $28.95 CRO<br />

The Black Death<br />

Rosemary Horrox<br />

This source book traces, through contemporary<br />

writings, the calami<strong>to</strong>us impact of the Black Death<br />

in Europe, with particular reference <strong>to</strong> its spread<br />

across England from 1345 <strong>to</strong> 1349.<br />

1994, 384 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7190-3498-1 / 978-0-7190-3498-5<br />

paper $35.95 CRO<br />

66<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


Manchester University <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />

Marxism and His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

A Critical Introduction, SECOND EDITION<br />

S. H. Rigby<br />

Marx’s theory of his<strong>to</strong>ry is often regarded as the<br />

most enduring and fruitful aspect of his intellectual<br />

legacy. This book establishes Marx’s claims about<br />

social structure and his<strong>to</strong>rical change, discusses<br />

their use in his own and his followers’ writings, and<br />

assesses the validity of his theories. Marxism and<br />

His<strong>to</strong>ry is firmly established as an essential guide <strong>to</strong><br />

this field of recent his<strong>to</strong>riographical debate.<br />

1998, 336 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7190-5612-8 / 978-0-7190-5612-3<br />

paper $32.95 CRO<br />

Londinopolis, c.1500– c.1750<br />

Essays in the Cultural and Social His<strong>to</strong>ry of<br />

Early Modern London<br />

Edited by Paul Griffiths and Mark S.R. Jenner<br />

Events such as the Fire of London and the Plague,<br />

and his<strong>to</strong>ric locations like the Globe Theatre, are part<br />

of London’s heritage. Yet until recently, the his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

of the city between 1500 and 1750 has been little<br />

studied. The essays in this volume cover the themes<br />

of polis and the police, gender and sexuality, space<br />

and place, and material culture.<br />

2000, 296 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7190-5152-5 / 978-0-7190-5152-4<br />

paper $39.95 CRO<br />

The Templars<br />

Translated by Malcolm Barber and<br />

Keith Bate<br />

This is a unique collection of translated sources,<br />

which in addition <strong>to</strong> documenting the origins of the<br />

<strong>Order</strong> and the circumstances of its suppression and<br />

dissolution, examines the many and varied facets<br />

of its activities during the twelfth and thirteenth<br />

centuries. It will be of interest <strong>to</strong> anyone interested in<br />

the medieval period, and is an invaluable source for<br />

those wanting <strong>to</strong> find out more about this most fascinating<br />

and enigmatic of institutions.<br />

2002, 368 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7190-5110-X / 978-0-7190-5110-4<br />

paper $38.95 CRO<br />

Celtic Identity and the British Image<br />

Murray G H Pit<strong>to</strong>ck<br />

Celtic Identity and the British Image explores the<br />

idea of the Celt and definition of the so-called “Celtic<br />

Fringe” over the last 300 years. It is the only in-depth<br />

study of the literary and cultural representation of<br />

Ireland, Scotland and Wales over this period, and is<br />

based on an extremely wide-ranging grasp of issues<br />

of national identity and state formation.<br />

1999, 192 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7190-5826-0 / 978-0-7190-5826-4<br />

paper $23.95 CRO<br />

The Life-cycle in Western Europe,<br />

c.1300-c.1500<br />

Deborah Youngs<br />

This is the first study <strong>to</strong> examine the entire life-cycle<br />

in the late medieval period. Drawing on a wide<br />

range of secondary and primary material, the book<br />

explores the timing and experiences of infancy, childhood,<br />

adolescence and youth, adulthood, old age<br />

and, finally, death.<br />

2005, 176 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7190-5916-X / 978-0-7190-5916-2<br />

paper $27.95 CRO<br />

Popular Protest in<br />

Late-Medieval Europe<br />

Italy, France and Flanders<br />

Translated and annotated by Samuel Cohn Jr.<br />

The documents in this stimulating volume span from<br />

1245 <strong>to</strong> 1424 but focus on the “contagion of rebellion”<br />

from 1355 <strong>to</strong> 1382 that followed in the wake of<br />

the plague. They tell gripping and often gruesome<br />

s<strong>to</strong>ries of personal and collective violence, anguish,<br />

anger, terror, bravery, and foolishness.<br />

2005, 176 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7190-6731-6 / 978-0-7190-6731-0<br />

paper $29.95 CRO<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca 67


<strong>UBC</strong> Transaction <strong>Press</strong> Publishers<br />

Besieged<br />

Seven Cities Under Siege<br />

J. Bowyer Bell<br />

His<strong>to</strong>ry of Political Parties<br />

in Twentieth-Century Latin<br />

America<br />

Torcua<strong>to</strong> S. Di Tella<br />

J. Bowyer Bell’s Besieged<br />

is built on the premise that<br />

as long as men have constructed<br />

walls, other men<br />

have tried <strong>to</strong> scale them.<br />

<strong>From</strong> ancient Jericho<br />

and Joshua’s trumpet <strong>to</strong><br />

London and the onslaught<br />

of the Luftwaffe, people<br />

have always devised cunning<br />

weapons, with all the<br />

skills at their command, <strong>to</strong><br />

breach such barriers and invade the camps and fortified<br />

places of their enemies.<br />

Besieged is the s<strong>to</strong>ry of seven great modern sieges:<br />

Madrid in the Spanish Civil War; London, Warsaw,<br />

Singapore and Stalingrad in <strong>World</strong> War II; Berlin<br />

during the Post <strong>World</strong> War II Airlift; and Jerusalem<br />

under Arab attack from four sides in 1947. Bell, a<br />

veteran his<strong>to</strong>rian, describes in detail the actual battles<br />

involved, clearly demonstrating the universality<br />

of sieges and siegecraft and showing that all these<br />

beleaguered places have things in common and obey<br />

certain basic laws or principles. Besieged is a mustread<br />

for those interested in modern conflict pondering<br />

the enigma of human endeavor in wall building<br />

and breaking involved in siegecraft.<br />

Contents<br />

Madrid, 1936–1939<br />

London, 1940–1941<br />

Singapore, 1941–1942<br />

Stalingrad, 1942–1943<br />

Warsaw, 1939, 1943, 1944<br />

Jerusalem, 1947–1949<br />

Berlin, 1945–1949.<br />

This heavily documented<br />

volume with an extensive<br />

bibliography would prove<br />

valuable <strong>to</strong> researchers<br />

and advanced students<br />

of Latin America.<br />

Recommended.<br />

– J.A. Rhodes, Luther<br />

College, Choice<br />

The general perception of<br />

modern Latin American political<br />

institutions emphasizes<br />

a continuing and random process of disorder<br />

and crisis, continually out of step with other regions<br />

in their progress <strong>to</strong>ward democracy and prosperity.<br />

In His<strong>to</strong>ry of Political Parties in Latin America,<br />

Torcua<strong>to</strong> S. DiTella demonstrates that this common<br />

view lacks context and comparative nuance, and is<br />

deeply misleading. Looking behind the scenes of<br />

modern Latin American his<strong>to</strong>ry, he discerns its broad<br />

patterns through close analysis of actual events and<br />

comparative sociological perspectives that explain<br />

the apparent chaos of the past and point <strong>to</strong>ward the<br />

more democratic polity now developing.<br />

His<strong>to</strong>ry of Political Parties in Latin America is rich in<br />

his<strong>to</strong>rical description, but also in its broad review of<br />

social structures and of the strengths and weaknesses<br />

of political institutions. It is an important volume<br />

for Latin America area specialists and his<strong>to</strong>rians,<br />

political scientists, and sociologists.<br />

2003, 176 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

1-4128-0510-4 / 978-1-4128-0510-0<br />

paper $29.95 CRO<br />

2006, 335 pages 6 x 9”<br />

1-4128-0586-4 / 978-1-4128-0586-5<br />

paper $36.95 CRO<br />

68<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


Transaction Publishers <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />

Mirrors of a Disaster<br />

The Spanish Military Conquest<br />

of America<br />

Gerard Chaliand<br />

Nomadic Empires<br />

<strong>From</strong> Mongolia <strong>to</strong> the Danube<br />

Gerard Chaliand<br />

In Mirrors of a Disaster,<br />

Gérard Chaliand narrates<br />

the major events that<br />

followed the Spanish conquest<br />

of Mexico and Peru<br />

with the scope and rhythm<br />

of an epic poem. He seeks<br />

<strong>to</strong> make meaningful the<br />

strict chronicle of a conquest<br />

through those who<br />

lived it. Human details and<br />

the broader political background<br />

bring <strong>to</strong> life one of his<strong>to</strong>ry’s great tragedies.<br />

A new introduction by the author is included in this<br />

paperback edition. The comprehensive work is organized<br />

in<strong>to</strong> three parts: “The Conquest of Mexico,”<br />

“The Conquest of Guatemala and Yucatan,” and<br />

“The Conquest of Peru.” In each section, the author<br />

provides a summary prior <strong>to</strong>, in many cases, a<br />

day-by-day account of the events as they unfolded.<br />

Enriched by significant contemporary documents<br />

Mirrors of a Disaster relates the many facets of the<br />

conquest, presenting the Indians’ perception of their<br />

defeat by the Spaniards, the conquerors’ narratives<br />

of the same events, and the author’s own retelling of<br />

a tragedy in which, he says, “the vanquished could<br />

not, ultimately, but be vanquished.”<br />

Contents<br />

Maps<br />

Introduction <strong>to</strong> the Transaction Edition<br />

Preface<br />

1 The Conquest of Mexico<br />

2 The Conquest of Guatemala and Yucatan<br />

3 The Conquest of Peru<br />

Conclusion<br />

Bibliography; Chronology; Index<br />

2005, 257 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

1-4128-0471-X / 978-1-4128-0471-4<br />

paper $29.95 CRO<br />

The book’s conciseness,<br />

coupled with its ample time<br />

lines and chronologies,<br />

makes it an ideal introduction<br />

<strong>to</strong> Inner Asian his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />

But its masterful grasp of<br />

the disparate impact of<br />

steppe nomad incursions<br />

on various Eurasian civilizations<br />

through time also<br />

renders it a worthy read for<br />

seasoned his<strong>to</strong>rians.<br />

– E. J. Vajda, Choice<br />

Nomadic Empires sheds new light on 2,000 years<br />

of military his<strong>to</strong>ry and geopolitics. The Mongol Empire<br />

of Genghis-Khan and his heirs, as is well known,<br />

was the greatest empire in world his<strong>to</strong>ry. For 2,000<br />

years, the steppe areas of Asia, from the borders<br />

of Manchuria <strong>to</strong> the Black Sea, were a “zone of<br />

turbulence,” threatening settled peoples from<br />

China <strong>to</strong> Russia and Hungary, including Iran, India,<br />

the Byzantine empire, and even Syria. It was a true<br />

world stage that was affected by these destructive<br />

nomads.<br />

Contents<br />

1 Introduction.<br />

The impact of the nomads; Nomads and settled peoples;<br />

The nomadic model: the Scythians<br />

2 The military fronts of the Altaic nomads<br />

The Chinese front; The Indo-Iranian front; The Byzantine<br />

front; The Russian front; The exception of western<br />

Europe<br />

3 The apogee of the nomads: Mongols and Turkic-speakers<br />

The Mongols; The Turkic-speakers; The eyewitnesses<br />

4 The revenge of the sedentary peoples<br />

Russia after the Mongols; China after the Mongols<br />

Epilogue<br />

Appendices; Chronology; Bibliography; Index<br />

2006, 147 pages 6 x 9”<br />

1-4128-0555-4 / 978-1-4128-0555-1<br />

paper $29.95 CRO<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca 69


<strong>UBC</strong> Transaction <strong>Press</strong> Publishers<br />

Memory, His<strong>to</strong>ry, Nation<br />

Contested Pasts<br />

Edited by Katharine Hodgkin and<br />

Susannah Rads<strong>to</strong>ne<br />

The Meaning of His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Nikolai Berdyaev<br />

With a new introduction by Maria Banerjee<br />

In the last decade, a focus<br />

on memory in the human<br />

sciences has encouraged<br />

new approaches <strong>to</strong> the<br />

study of the past. The<br />

chapters in this volume offer<br />

a complex awareness<br />

of the workings of memory,<br />

and the ways in which<br />

different or changing his<strong>to</strong>ries<br />

may be explained.<br />

They explore the relation<br />

between individual and social memory, between real<br />

and imaginary, event and fantasy, his<strong>to</strong>ry and myth.<br />

Contradic<strong>to</strong>ry accounts, or memories in direct contradiction<br />

<strong>to</strong> the his<strong>to</strong>rical record are not always the<br />

sign of a repressive authority attempting <strong>to</strong> cover<br />

something up. The tension between memory as a<br />

safeguard against attempts <strong>to</strong> silence dissenting<br />

voices, and memory’s own implication in that silencing,<br />

runs throughout the book.<br />

Topics covered range from the Basque country <strong>to</strong><br />

Cambodia, from Hungary <strong>to</strong> South Africa, from the<br />

Finnish Civil War <strong>to</strong> the cult Jim Jarmusch movie Dead<br />

Man, from the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame <strong>to</strong> Australia.<br />

“Transforming Memory” is concerned primarily<br />

with the social and personal transmission of memory<br />

across time and generations. “Remembering Suffering:<br />

Trauma and His<strong>to</strong>ry” brings the after-effects<br />

of catastrophe <strong>to</strong> the fore. “Patterning the National<br />

Past,” the relation between nation and memory is<br />

the central issue. “And Then Silence” reflects on the<br />

complex, multiple meaning of silence and oblivion,<br />

wherein amnesia is often used as a figure for the<br />

denial of shameful pasts.<br />

In her brilliant new opening<br />

essay, Maria Banerjee<br />

says of Berdyaev, “he was<br />

never more than a curious<br />

but unwelcome guest<br />

in his<strong>to</strong>ry. He fearlessly<br />

engaged it on the level of<br />

ideas while remaining alien<br />

<strong>to</strong> its means and ends,<br />

gifted with an incurable<br />

longing for transcendence.”<br />

Witness <strong>to</strong> two<br />

world wars, Berdyaev observed the destruction of<br />

established cultures in the traumatic birth of new<br />

systems. Arrested on political suspicion – by Czarist<br />

and then by Bolshevik police – he died in exile in<br />

France in 1948, carrying forth his intellectual work<br />

until the end.<br />

Berdyaev considered the philosophy of his<strong>to</strong>ry as a<br />

field that laid the foundations of the Russian national<br />

consciousness. Its disputes were centered on<br />

distinctions between slavophiles and Westerners,<br />

East and West. The Meaning of His<strong>to</strong>ry was an early<br />

effort, following <strong>World</strong> War I, that attempted <strong>to</strong> revive<br />

this perspective. With the removal of Communism as<br />

a ruling system in Russia, that nation returned <strong>to</strong> an<br />

elaboration of a religious philosophy of his<strong>to</strong>ry as the<br />

specific mission of Russian thought. This volume thus<br />

has contemporary significance. The book is remarkable<br />

for its powerful stylistic grace and as<strong>to</strong>nishingly<br />

contemporary feeling.<br />

2005, 274 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

1-4128-0497-3 / 978-1-4128-0497-4<br />

paper $36.95 CRO<br />

2004, 264 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

1-4128-0488-4 / 978-1-4128-0488-2<br />

paper $36.95 CRO<br />

70<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


Transaction Publishers <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />

Living Through the<br />

Soviet System<br />

Edited by Daniel Bertaux, Paul<br />

Thompson, and Anna Rotkirch<br />

The Chinese Machiavelli<br />

3000 Years of Chinese Statecraft<br />

Dennis Bloodworth and<br />

Ching Ping Bloodworth<br />

For a period of over seventy<br />

years after the 1917<br />

revolutions in Russia,<br />

talking about the past,<br />

either political or personal,<br />

became dangerous. The<br />

situation changed dramatically<br />

with the new policy<br />

of glasnost at the end of<br />

the 1980s. The result was<br />

a flood of reminiscence,<br />

almost nightly on television,<br />

and more formally collected by new Russian<br />

oral his<strong>to</strong>ry groups and also by Western researchers.<br />

Daniel Bertaux and Paul Thompson both began collecting<br />

life s<strong>to</strong>ry and family his<strong>to</strong>ry interview material<br />

in the early 1990s, and this book is the outcome of<br />

their initiative.<br />

Living Through the Soviet System analyzes, through<br />

personal accounts, how Russian society operated<br />

on a day-<strong>to</strong>-day level. It contrasts the integration<br />

of different social groups: the descendents of the<br />

pre-revolutionary upper classes, the new industrial<br />

working class, or the ethnically marginalized Russian<br />

Jews. Because of its basis in direct testimonies, the<br />

book reveals in a highly readable and direct style<br />

the meaning for ordinary men and women of living<br />

through those seven dark decades of a great European<br />

nation.<br />

Because of the centrality of Soviet Russia <strong>to</strong> the<br />

his<strong>to</strong>ry of the twentieth-century world, this book will<br />

be of interest <strong>to</strong> a wide range of readers. It will be of<br />

importance <strong>to</strong> students, researchers and teachers of<br />

his<strong>to</strong>ry and sociology, as well as specialists in East<br />

European and other communist societies.<br />

2005, 277 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

1-4128-0487-6 / 978-1-4128-0487-5<br />

paper $36.95 CRO<br />

Machiavelli drew on 2000<br />

years of his<strong>to</strong>ry <strong>to</strong> develop<br />

theories on how <strong>to</strong> make<br />

war, how <strong>to</strong> win battles,<br />

and how <strong>to</strong> gain power and<br />

keep it. Using Machiavelli<br />

as a springboard, Dennis<br />

and Ching Ping Bloodworth<br />

boldly and adroitly<br />

map out 3000 years of<br />

Chinese political-military<br />

his<strong>to</strong>ry – from Confucius <strong>to</strong><br />

Mao Zedong – using Machiavell’s discourse of power<br />

politics. They reveal a pageantry of Chinese his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />

figures, from wise strategists, heroic generals, crafty<br />

statesmen, and ruthless emperors <strong>to</strong> brave knightserrant,<br />

and from stately Confucian philosophers <strong>to</strong><br />

shrewd, cunning Legalist thinkers, without the usual<br />

Confucian restraint.<br />

The Chinese Machiavelli intends <strong>to</strong> help Western<br />

readers, who may be puzzled by Chinese diplomatic<br />

and military strategy, understand the principles that<br />

have guided both past and present Chinese leaders.<br />

Within the framework of a chronological his<strong>to</strong>ry concentrating<br />

on power politics and using the social and<br />

cultural scene as a backdrop, the Bloodworths use<br />

China’s long his<strong>to</strong>ry <strong>to</strong> find answers.<br />

Although The Chinese Machiavelli is authored for the<br />

general public rather than for the specialist, the latter<br />

will also benefit from reading this his<strong>to</strong>ry. The authors<br />

describe the continuity of Chinese his<strong>to</strong>ry and reveal<br />

how knowledge of China’s past sheds light on the<br />

political behavior of China’s rulers <strong>to</strong>day.<br />

2004, 369 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7658-0568-5 / 978-0-7658-0568-3<br />

paper $37.95 CRO<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca 71


<strong>UBC</strong> Transaction <strong>Press</strong> Publishers<br />

Before the Fall<br />

An Inside View of the<br />

Pre-Watergate White House<br />

William Safire<br />

The Stasi Files Unveiled<br />

Guilt and Compliance in<br />

a Unified Germany<br />

Barbara Miller<br />

In Before the Fall, William Safire discusses Richard<br />

Nixon as president, covering the Vietnam War, foreign<br />

policy, economics, and race relations. He describes<br />

Nixon as a partisan working <strong>to</strong> form an alignment<br />

across party lines, successful in many respects<br />

before the president <strong>to</strong>lerated the excesses that<br />

eventually corrupted his administration. Finally, he<br />

reveals Nixon, the person, as a mixture of Woodrow<br />

Wilson, Machiavelli, Theodore Roosevelt, and Shakespeare’s<br />

Cassius – an idealistic conniver evoking the<br />

strenuous life while he thinks <strong>to</strong>o much.<br />

2005, 735 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

1-4128-0466-3 / 978-1-4128-0466-0<br />

paper $37.95 CRO<br />

In 1992 the massive files of East Germany’s infamous<br />

Ministry for State Security, the Stasi, were<br />

made publicly available and thousands of former East<br />

Germans began <strong>to</strong> confront their contents. Finally it<br />

was possible for ordinary citizens <strong>to</strong> ascertain who<br />

had worked for the Stasi, either on a full-time basis<br />

or as an “unofficial employee,” the Stasi’s term for<br />

an informer. The revelations from these documents<br />

sparked feuds old and new among a population<br />

already struggling through enormous social and<br />

political upheaval. Drawing upon the Stasi files and<br />

upon interviews with one-time informers, this book<br />

examines the impact of the Stasi legacy in united<br />

Germany.<br />

2004, 166 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-7658-0811-0 / 978-0-7658-0811-0<br />

paper $37.95 CRO<br />

Classical Islam<br />

A His<strong>to</strong>ry, 600 A.D. <strong>to</strong> 1258 A.D.<br />

G. E. von Grunebaum<br />

His<strong>to</strong>rical Sketch of<br />

the Cherokee<br />

James Mooney<br />

In a book written with the poignancy and beauty<br />

appropriate <strong>to</strong> its subject matter, the author opens<br />

by reminding us that “the essence of a society is in<br />

a sense identical with its his<strong>to</strong>ry.” Classical Islam<br />

also serves as a reminder that in the case of Islam,<br />

despite its triumphs on the fields of battle, telling<br />

its his<strong>to</strong>ry is the only way open <strong>to</strong> us <strong>to</strong> render that<br />

essence accessible and show it from all sides. The<br />

work offers a grand narrative of a faith that offers<br />

an interpretation of the world, a way of life, and a<br />

style of thinking, that goes far beyond institutional<br />

or political supports. The relevance of this his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />

perspective is beyond dispute.<br />

2005, 243 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-202-30767-0 / 978-0-202-30767-1<br />

paper $36.95 CRO<br />

72<br />

When James Mooney studied the Cherokee<br />

from1887 <strong>to</strong> 1900, they were the largest and most<br />

important Indian tribe in the United States. His account<br />

of their his<strong>to</strong>ry from the time of their first<br />

contact with whites until the end of the nineteenth<br />

century is more than a sequence of battles won and<br />

lost, treaties signed and broken, <strong>to</strong>wns destroyed<br />

and people massacred. There is humanity along with<br />

inhumanity in the relations between the Cherokee<br />

and other groups, Indian and non-Indian; there is fortitude<br />

and persistence balanced with disillusionment<br />

and frustration. In these respects, the his<strong>to</strong>ry of the<br />

Cherokee epi<strong>to</strong>mizes the experience of most Native<br />

Americans.<br />

2004, 287 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-202-30817-0 / 978-0-202-30817-3<br />

paper $36.95 CRO<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


Michigan State University <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />

Quebec During the American<br />

Invasion, 1775–1776<br />

The Journal of François Baby, Gabriel<br />

Taschereau, and Jenkin Williams<br />

Edited by Michael P. Gabriel et al.<br />

Available for the first time in English, the 1776 journal<br />

of François Baby, Gabriel Taschereau, and Jenkin<br />

Williams provides an insight in<strong>to</strong> the failure <strong>to</strong> incite<br />

rebellion in Quebec by American revolutionaries.<br />

While other sources have shown how British soldiers<br />

and civilians and the French-Canadian gentry (the<br />

seigneurs) responded <strong>to</strong> the American invasion of<br />

1775–1776, this journal focuses on French-Canadian<br />

peasants (les habitants) who made up the vast majority<br />

of the population; in other words, the journal helps<br />

explain why Quebec did not become the “fourteenth<br />

colony.”<br />

2005, 192 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-87013-740-9 / 978-0-87013-740-2<br />

cloth $34.95 CRO<br />

Transatlantic Rebels<br />

Agrarian Radicalism in<br />

Comparative Context<br />

Edited by Thomas Summerhill and<br />

James C. Scott<br />

This collection examines agrarian radicalism in<br />

comparative context from 1500 <strong>to</strong> the present. What<br />

unifies the studies is an interest in the ways agrarian<br />

people in the Atlantic world interacted with each<br />

other, shared ideas, developed new crops or methods,<br />

or formulated critiques of the existing order. All<br />

agree, <strong>to</strong> varying extents, that the Atlantic world is<br />

best conceptualized not as a rigid barrier between<br />

nations, peoples, and cultures, but rather a frontier, a<br />

permeable space with eddies and currents of ideas,<br />

cultivars, and human beings. In addition, “radicalism”<br />

can be found not only in the political realm, but also<br />

in the rate and extent of social, economic, and environmental<br />

change.<br />

2004, 192 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-87013-727-1 / 978-0-87013-727-3<br />

paper $36.95 CRO<br />

Bending Spines<br />

The Propagandas of Nazi Germany<br />

and the German Democratic Republic<br />

Randall L. Bytwerk<br />

La Nouvelle France<br />

The Making of French Canada –<br />

A Cultural His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Peter N. Moogk<br />

In many ways, modern <strong>to</strong>talitarian movements<br />

present worldviews that are religious in nature. Nazism<br />

and Marxism-Leninism presented themselves<br />

as explanations for all of life: culture, morality, science,<br />

his<strong>to</strong>ry, and recreation. They provided people<br />

with reasons for accepting the status quo. Bending<br />

Spines examines the full range of persuasive<br />

techniques used by Nazi Germany and the German<br />

Democratic Republic, and concludes that both systems<br />

failed in part because they expected more of<br />

their propaganda than it was able <strong>to</strong> deliver.<br />

2004, 192 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-87013-710-7 / 978-0-87013-710-5<br />

paper $29.95 CRO<br />

Peter Moogk’s La Nouvelle France is a candid exploration<br />

of the troubled his<strong>to</strong>rical relationship that<br />

exists between the inhabitants of French- and Englishspeaking<br />

Canada. It is a long- overdue study of the<br />

colonial social institutions, values, and experiences<br />

that shaped modern French Canada. Moogk draws<br />

on a rich body of evidence and traces the roots of<br />

the Anglo-French cultural struggle <strong>to</strong> the seventeenth<br />

century. In so doing, he discovers a New France<br />

vastly different from the one portrayed in popular<br />

mythology.<br />

2001, 320 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-87013-528-7 / 978-0-87013-528-6<br />

paper $32.95 CRO<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca 73


<strong>UBC</strong> University <strong>Press</strong>of Washing<strong>to</strong>n <strong>Press</strong><br />

Native Seattle<br />

His<strong>to</strong>ries from the<br />

Crossing-Over Place<br />

Bringing Indians <strong>to</strong> the Book<br />

Albert Furtwangler<br />

Coll Thrush<br />

This is the best book, by<br />

far, that I have ever read<br />

about Indians and cities.<br />

Thrush’s excavation and<br />

analysis are deep and<br />

wide-ranging, his narrative<br />

impassioned and<br />

engaging. A fantastic<br />

contribution.<br />

– Ned Blackhawk, author<br />

of Violence over the Land:<br />

Indians and Empires in<br />

the Early American West<br />

In Seattle, the strands of urban and Indian his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

have always been intertwined. Including an atlas of<br />

indigenous Seattle created with linguist Nile Thompson,<br />

Native Seattle is a new kind of urban Indian his<strong>to</strong>ry,<br />

a book with implications that reach far beyond<br />

the region.<br />

Contents<br />

Preface<br />

1 The Haunted City<br />

2 Terra Miscognita<br />

3 Seattle Illahee<br />

4 Mr. Glover’s Imbricated City<br />

5 City of the Changers<br />

6 The Woven Coast<br />

7 The Changers, Changed<br />

8 On the Cusp of Past and Future<br />

9 Urban Renewal in Indian Terri<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

10 The Returning Hosts<br />

An Atlas of Indigenous Seattle, by Coll Thrush and Nile<br />

Thompson; maps by Amir Sheikh<br />

Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />

2007, 376 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

32 illustrations<br />

0-295-98700-6 / 978-0-295-98700-2<br />

cloth $34.95<br />

Albert Furtwangler tackles<br />

a complicated subject<br />

and makes it understandable<br />

and a pleasure <strong>to</strong><br />

read. Bringing Indians<br />

<strong>to</strong> the Book provides<br />

a compelling window<br />

through which <strong>to</strong> view the<br />

first contacts that <strong>to</strong>ok<br />

place between whites<br />

and Indians in the Pacific<br />

Northwest.<br />

– Journal of the West<br />

Bringing Indians <strong>to</strong> the Book recounts the experiences<br />

of 19th-century missionaries <strong>to</strong> the Pacific Northwest<br />

and of the explorers on the Lewis and Clark<br />

Expedition who preceded them. Though they differed<br />

greatly in methods and aims, missionaries and<br />

explorers shared a crucial underlying cultural characteristic:<br />

they were resolutely literate, carrying books<br />

not only in their baggage but also in their most commonplace<br />

thoughts and habits, and they came west<br />

in order <strong>to</strong> meet, and attempt <strong>to</strong> change, groups of<br />

people who for thousands of years had passed on<br />

their memories, learning, and values through words<br />

not written, but spoken or sung aloud.<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction<br />

1 On the Authority of William Clark<br />

2 Columbia Rediviva<br />

3 The Bookish Invaders<br />

4 Denying the Salmon God<br />

Appendix: The Disosway and Walker Letters<br />

Notes; Works Cited; Index<br />

2005, 248 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

10 illustrations, map<br />

0-295-98523-2 / 978-0-295-98523-7<br />

paper $29.95 CRO<br />

74<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


University of Washing<strong>to</strong>n <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />

A Life Disturbed<br />

My Pacific War Revisited<br />

Merrel Clubb<br />

Alaska, An American Colony<br />

Stephen Haycox<br />

An exceptional s<strong>to</strong>ryteller<br />

with an analytical<br />

eye, Merrel Clubb has<br />

gathered the letters he<br />

sent his parents from the<br />

Pacific Theater of <strong>World</strong><br />

War II and his subsequent<br />

reflections on that war<br />

and on his life in<strong>to</strong> a kind<br />

of then-and-now memoir.<br />

The letters are a treasure<br />

trove of humor, anxiety,<br />

and hope, revealing a young man thrust in<strong>to</strong> a war<br />

that he does not understand. Through this exceptional<br />

portal on the past, we learn of the tragic absurdity<br />

of war; of a soldier trained for naval warfare and then<br />

sent in<strong>to</strong> land battle with weapons he’d never before<br />

fired; of command post latrines at which even commanding<br />

officers were sitting ducks; of the ghoulish<br />

trophies and memen<strong>to</strong>s that soldiers collected from<br />

the battlefields.<br />

For Clubb, as for so many veterans, the war does not<br />

end with the vic<strong>to</strong>ry over Japan. Despite the intervening<br />

years, Clubb finds that the haunting experiences<br />

of over half a century ago echo still. Even in the solitude<br />

of the forest, in the hunting parties he meets, in<br />

the animals he himself kills, he hears again the sound<br />

of battle, and sees again the faces of the victims of<br />

war. Part letters, part memoir, and part scholarly<br />

analysis, this volume ranges over a vast, colorful,<br />

and weighted terri<strong>to</strong>ry, exploring the psychological<br />

terrain of a life disturbed, and forever changed, by<br />

war.<br />

Contents<br />

Preface; The Life Disturbed; Preparation for Battle; Kiska;<br />

Makin; Honolulu Interlude; Guam; Iwo Jima; San Diego; Sixty<br />

Years After; The War and My Life; Abbreviations; Notes<br />

2005, 252 pages, 5.5 x 8.5”<br />

0-295-98536-4 / 978-0-295-98536-7<br />

cloth $32.95 CRO<br />

Having read every general<br />

his<strong>to</strong>ry of Alaska from<br />

Bancroft <strong>to</strong> the present,<br />

and many studies of special<br />

Alaskan <strong>to</strong>pics, and<br />

having lived in Alaska for<br />

more than forty years – I<br />

have only one comment:<br />

Alaska: An American<br />

Colony is by far the finest<br />

his<strong>to</strong>ry of Alaska yet<br />

produced.<br />

– Wallace M. Olson,<br />

Professor of Anthropology,<br />

Emeritus, University of Alaska<br />

Contents<br />

Introduction: Alaska Geography and the Anthropology of<br />

Its Native Peoples<br />

Part 1: Russian America<br />

1 Russian America, an Introduction<br />

2 ussian Eastward Expansion and the Kamchatka<br />

Expeditions<br />

3 Exploitation and the Origins of the Contest of Sovereignty<br />

4 Grigorii Shelikhov and the Russian American Company<br />

5 Aleksandr Baranov<br />

6 Russian America<br />

7 The Sale of Russian America<br />

Part 1: American Alaska<br />

8 American Alaska, an Introduction<br />

9 Taking the Measure of Alaska: The Alaska Purchase and<br />

the Politics of the Early Economy<br />

10 National Currents in Alaska: The Gold Rush and<br />

Progressive Reform<br />

11 Pioneer Alaska: The Last Frontier<br />

12 War and the Transition <strong>to</strong> Statehood<br />

13 Modern Alaska: The Last Wilderness<br />

Epilogue<br />

Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />

2006, 392 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

38 illustrations; maps<br />

0-295-98629-8 / 978-0-295-98629-6<br />

paper $24.95 CRO<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca 75


<strong>UBC</strong> Washing<strong>to</strong>n <strong>Press</strong> State University <strong>Press</strong><br />

The Mapmaker’s Eye<br />

David Thompson on<br />

the Columbia Plateau<br />

Jack Nisbet<br />

Lewis and Clark Trail Maps<br />

A Car<strong>to</strong>graphic Reconstruction<br />

VOLUME III<br />

Martin Plamondon II<br />

Between 1801 and 1812,<br />

North West Company fur<br />

trader, explorer, and car<strong>to</strong>grapher<br />

David Thompson<br />

established two<br />

viable trade routes across<br />

the Rocky Mountains in<br />

Canada and systematically<br />

surveyed the entire<br />

1,250-mile course of the<br />

Columbia River. In The Mapmaker’s Eye, Jack Nisbet<br />

utilizes fresh research <strong>to</strong> convey how Thompson<br />

experienced the sweep of human and natural his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

etched across the Columbia drainage. He places<br />

Thompson’s movements within the larger contexts<br />

of the European Enlightenment, the British fur trade<br />

economy, and American expansion as represented<br />

by the Lewis and Clark Expedition.<br />

Contents<br />

1 A Mathematical Boy<br />

2 Lure of the Columbia<br />

3 Across the Divide<br />

4 Among the Kootenai and Salish<br />

5 A Critical Situation<br />

6 A Voyage Down the Columbia<br />

7 Legacy<br />

8 Appendices<br />

Acknowledgements; Bibliography; Illustration List; Map List;<br />

Artists’ Bios; Index<br />

2005, 192 pages, 9 x 10 ½”<br />

0-87422-285-0 / 978-0-87422-285-2<br />

paper $36.95<br />

After crossing the Bitterroot<br />

Range and canoeing<br />

down the cataract-filled<br />

Snake River, the Corps of<br />

Discovery finally reached<br />

the long-sought Columbia<br />

River in the autumn of<br />

1805. Lewis and Clark<br />

Trail Maps Volume III continues<br />

the car<strong>to</strong>graphic<br />

reconstruction of the<br />

explorers’ trek as they set out from the Snake-Columbia<br />

junction on the final leg of their journey <strong>to</strong><br />

the sea.<br />

In addition <strong>to</strong> intricately mapping the Columbia’s<br />

great rapids, desert and rain-forest shorelines, spectacular<br />

mountain gorge, and broad estuary, Volume III<br />

reveals the vast number of Native American villages<br />

that lined the River of the West in Lewis and Clark’s<br />

time. Additional maps and illustrations depict Fort<br />

Clatsop, Cascade volcanoes, coastal explorations,<br />

and compare the modern beds of streams <strong>to</strong> their<br />

courses at the time of the exploration.<br />

2004, 240 pages, 9 x 12”<br />

0-87422-266-4 / 978-0-87422-266-1<br />

paper $78.95 CRO<br />

Lewis and Clark Trail Maps<br />

A Car<strong>to</strong>graphic Reconstruction, Volume I<br />

Martin Plamondon II<br />

2000, 206 pages, 9 x 12”<br />

0-87422-233-8 / 978-0-87422-233-3<br />

paper $67.95 CRO<br />

Lewis and Clark Trail Maps<br />

A Car<strong>to</strong>graphic Reconstruction, Volume II<br />

Martin Plamondon II<br />

2002, 240 pages, 9 x 12”<br />

0-87422-243-5 / 978-0-87422-243-2<br />

paper $89.95 CRO<br />

76<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


Oregon State University <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />

American Sportsmen and<br />

the Origins of Conservation<br />

THIRD EDITION, REVISED AND EXPANDED<br />

John F. Reiger<br />

Skookum<br />

An Oregon Pioneer Family’s<br />

His<strong>to</strong>ry and Lore<br />

Shannon Applegate<br />

John Reiger’s work has been hailed as an authoritative<br />

look at early conservationists; now his landmark<br />

book is available in an expanded edition that broadens<br />

its his<strong>to</strong>ric sweep. In this new edition, Reiger<br />

traces the antecedents of the sportsmen’s conservation<br />

movement <strong>to</strong> the years before the Civil War. He<br />

extends his coverage in<strong>to</strong> the present by demonstrating<br />

how the nineteenth-century sportsman’s code<br />

– with its demand for taking responsibility for the<br />

<strong>to</strong>tal environment – continues <strong>to</strong> be the corners<strong>to</strong>ne<br />

of the sporting ethic.<br />

20050, 352 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-87071-487-2 / 978-0-87071-487-0<br />

paper $29.95 CRO<br />

With the skill of a his<strong>to</strong>rian and the craft of a novelist,<br />

Shannon Applegate recounts the s<strong>to</strong>ry of her<br />

prominent pioneer family over several generationstheir<br />

dreams, hardships, mysteries, and joys. Skookum<br />

is an intimate, imaginative his<strong>to</strong>ry that looks<br />

beyond the well-known lives of the Applegate men<br />

<strong>to</strong> give voice <strong>to</strong> the amazing women of the family.<br />

Selected for the Oregon Cultural Heritage Commission’s<br />

Literary Oregon: 100 Books 1800–2000.<br />

2005, 464 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-87071-119-9 / 978-0-87071-119-0<br />

paper $26.95 CRO<br />

A Majority of Scoundrels<br />

An Informal His<strong>to</strong>ry of the Rocky<br />

Mountain Fur Company<br />

Don Berry<br />

Introduction by Stephen Dow Beckham<br />

Berry’s fresh and invigorating narrative captures<br />

the peak years of the fur trade in the Mountain<br />

West. These were heady times in which trappers<br />

and traders explored the far corners of the country,<br />

disputed terri<strong>to</strong>ry with Native American tribes and the<br />

Hudson’s Bay Company, learned the lore of the land,<br />

and perfected their drinking, brawling, yarn-spinning,<br />

and boasting at the annual rendezvous. A new introduction<br />

by his<strong>to</strong>rian Stephen Dow Beckham looks<br />

beyond the romantic legends of the mountain men <strong>to</strong><br />

set A Majority of Scoundrels in the context of recent<br />

scholarship on the American West.<br />

Oregon Indians<br />

Voices from Two Centuries<br />

Stephen Dow Beckham<br />

After forty years of research and writing on Native<br />

Americans and the American West, his<strong>to</strong>rian Stephen<br />

Dow Beckham has compiled a rich documentary<br />

his<strong>to</strong>ry that strives <strong>to</strong> let Oregon Indians tell their own<br />

s<strong>to</strong>ry. <strong>From</strong> “first encounters” in the late eighteenth<br />

century <strong>to</strong> modern tribal economies, this volume<br />

presents first-person accounts of events threatening,<br />

changing, and shaping the lives of Oregon Indians.<br />

This deeply researched volume gives fuller voice and<br />

greater clarity <strong>to</strong> Oregon’s complex past.<br />

2006, 608 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-87071-088-5 / 978-0-87071-088-9<br />

cloth $53.95 CRO<br />

2004, 456 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

0-87071-089-3 / 978-0-87071-089-6<br />

paper $29.95 CRO<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca 77


Left Coast <strong>Press</strong><br />

Curating Oral His<strong>to</strong>ries<br />

<strong>From</strong> Interview <strong>to</strong> Archive<br />

Nancy MacKay<br />

Shared His<strong>to</strong>ries<br />

A Palestinian-Israeli Dialogue<br />

Edited by Paul Scham, Walid Salem,<br />

and Benjamin Pogrund<br />

I found this <strong>to</strong> be one<br />

of the most helpful and<br />

reader-friendly books I<br />

have seen in a long time.<br />

MacKay very correctly<br />

makes the point that,<br />

while the focus often is<br />

placed on creating oral<br />

his<strong>to</strong>ries, there has not<br />

been enough discussion<br />

about caring for the<br />

materials once they have<br />

been created. This manuscript takes the complex<br />

archival and cura<strong>to</strong>rial issues involved in caring for<br />

the materials and puts them in<strong>to</strong> easy-<strong>to</strong>-understand<br />

language. In doing so, it helps not only archivists<br />

and cura<strong>to</strong>rs, but oral his<strong>to</strong>rians working in all steps<br />

of the oral his<strong>to</strong>ry process.<br />

– Barbara W. Sommer, author of The Oral His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

Manual<br />

Contents<br />

Preface<br />

Introduction<br />

1 Setting the Stage<br />

2 Archives Administration<br />

3 Legal & Ethical Issues<br />

4 Recording Technology<br />

5 Transcribing<br />

6 Cataloging<br />

7 Preservation<br />

8 Oral his<strong>to</strong>ries on the Internet<br />

9 Challenges of the 21st Century Notes<br />

Appendix A: Profiles of oral his<strong>to</strong>ry programs<br />

Appendix B: Forms<br />

Appendix C: Glossary<br />

Appendix D: Resources<br />

Appendix E: Organizations and Professional Associations<br />

Index<br />

About the Author<br />

2006, 184 pages, 8.5 x 11”<br />

1-59874-058-X / 978-1-59874-058-5<br />

paper $29.95 CRO<br />

There is no single his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />

of the Israeli-Palestinian<br />

conflict. There are two.<br />

This volume attempts <strong>to</strong><br />

present both his<strong>to</strong>ries<br />

with parallel narratives<br />

of key points in the 19th<br />

and 20th centuries <strong>to</strong><br />

1948. The his<strong>to</strong>ries are<br />

presented by 14 Israeli<br />

and Palestinian experts,<br />

joined by other his<strong>to</strong>rians,<br />

journalists, and activists, who then discuss the differences<br />

and similarities between their accounts. The<br />

reader has the opportunity <strong>to</strong> witness, at first hand,<br />

a respectful confrontation between the competing<br />

versions of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict.<br />

Contents<br />

Foreword by Michael Burckhard Blanke<br />

Introduction<br />

1 Napoleon <strong>to</strong> Allenby: Processes of change in Palestine,<br />

1800-1918 / Ruth Kark; Continuity and change in<br />

Palestine: The last Ot<strong>to</strong>man period, 1856–1918 /<br />

Adel Manna<br />

2 The beginnings of Jewish settlement and Zionism,<br />

<strong>to</strong> <strong>World</strong> War I / Ran Aaronsohn; The prehis<strong>to</strong>ry of<br />

Palestinian nationalism / Issam Nassar<br />

3 The Palestinian national movement, 1919–1939 /<br />

Manuel Hassassian; Zionist diplomacy, 1914–1939 /<br />

Norman Rose<br />

4 The Holocaust, the establishment of Israel, and the<br />

shaping of Israeli society / Dalia Ofer; The Holocaust in<br />

the Palestinian perspective / Ata Qaymari<br />

5 The UN Partition resolution of 1948: Why wasn’t it<br />

implemented / Moshe Ma’oz; The paradox of the UN<br />

1947 partition plan / Walid Salem<br />

6 Israeli his<strong>to</strong>riography of the 1948 War / Avraham Sela;<br />

The birth of the Palestinian refugee problem in 1947–48<br />

/ Adel Yahya<br />

7 Holiness and conflict in the Israeli-Palestinian conflict /<br />

Moshe Amirav; Jerusalem refugees and property claims<br />

since the 1948 War / Salim Tamari;<br />

Discussion; Glossary; Map; Further Reading; Index<br />

2006, 304 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

1-59874-013-X / 978-1-59874-013-4<br />

paper $29.95 CRO<br />

78<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


Paradigm Publishers<br />

Contentious Politics<br />

Charles Tilly and Sidney Tarrow<br />

Popular Contention in Great<br />

Britain, 1758–1834<br />

Charles Tilly<br />

Revolutions, social movements, religious and ethnic<br />

conflict, nationalism and civil rights, and transnational<br />

movements are forms of contentious politics that<br />

combine in Contentious Politics. The book presents<br />

a set of analytical <strong>to</strong>ols and procedures for study,<br />

comparison, and explanation of these very different<br />

sorts of contention. Drawing on many his<strong>to</strong>rical and<br />

contemporary cases, the book shows that similar<br />

principles describe and explain a wide variety of<br />

struggles as well as many more routine forms of<br />

politics. Tilly and Tarrow have written the book <strong>to</strong><br />

introduce readers <strong>to</strong> an exciting new program of<br />

political and sociological analysis.<br />

June 2006, 224 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

1-59451-246-9 / 978-1-59451-246-9<br />

paper $34.95 CRO<br />

Social Movements,<br />

1768–2004<br />

Charles Tilly<br />

Charles Tilly provides rich and often surprising<br />

insights in<strong>to</strong> the origins of contemporary social<br />

movement practices, relations of social movements<br />

<strong>to</strong> democratization, and likely futures for social<br />

movements.<br />

Contents<br />

1 Social Movements as Politics<br />

2 Inventions of the Social Movement<br />

3 Nineteenth Century<br />

4 Adventures<br />

5 Twentieth-century Expansion and Transformation<br />

6 Social Movements<br />

7 Enter the Twenty-first Century<br />

8 Democratization and Social Movements<br />

9 Futures of Social Movements<br />

2005, 262 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

1-59451-043-1 / 978-1-59451-043-4<br />

paper $23.95 CRO<br />

Tilly has provided<br />

sociologists and his<strong>to</strong>rians<br />

with a magnificent<br />

empirical resource<br />

accompanied by a subtle<br />

and powerful framework<br />

of interpretation . . . It is<br />

not often that his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />

scholarship is so effectively<br />

harnessed <strong>to</strong> the<br />

sociological imagination.<br />

– American Journal of<br />

Sociology<br />

Between 1750 and 1840, ordinary British people<br />

abandoned such time-honored forms of protest as<br />

collective seizures of grain, the sacking of buildings,<br />

public humiliation, and physical abuse in favor of<br />

marches, petition drives, public meetings, and other<br />

sanctioned routines of social movement politics. The<br />

change created -- perhaps for the first time anywhere<br />

-- mass participation in national politics.<br />

Contents<br />

Preface<br />

Abbreviations<br />

1 <strong>From</strong> Mutiny <strong>to</strong> Mass Mobilization<br />

2 Contention Under a Magnifying Glass<br />

3 Capital, State, and Class in Britain, 1750–1840<br />

4 Wilkes, Gordon, and Popular Vengeance, 1758–1788<br />

5 Revolution, War, and Other Struggles, 1789–1815<br />

6 State, Class and Contention, 1816–1827<br />

7 Struggle and Reform, 1828–1834<br />

8 <strong>From</strong> Donkeying <strong>to</strong> Demonstrating<br />

Appendix 1. Sources and Methods<br />

Appendix 2. Major Acts by the British Government Directly<br />

Affecting Popular Association and Collective Action,<br />

1750–1834<br />

References; Index<br />

2005, 504 pages, 6 x 9”<br />

1-59451-120-9 / 978-1-59451-120-2<br />

paper $34.95 CRO<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca 79


<strong>UBC</strong> Author <strong>Press</strong> Index<br />

Adney, Tappan 55<br />

Anderson, Margaret 55<br />

Applegate, Shannon 77<br />

Armstrong, John Griffith 55<br />

Auger, Martin F. 40<br />

Ayukawa, Michiko Midge 28<br />

Backhouse, Constance 8, 50<br />

Backhouse, Nancy L. 8<br />

Banerjee, Maria 70<br />

Bangarth, Stephanie 29<br />

Banham, Tony 54<br />

Barber, Malcolm 67<br />

Barker, John 53<br />

Barman, Jean 25<br />

Barry, Peter 58<br />

Bate, Keith 67<br />

Beattie, Judith Hudson 49<br />

Beckham, Stephen Dow 77<br />

Bell, J. Bowyer 68<br />

Benidickson, Jamie 16<br />

Berdyaev, Nikolai 70<br />

Berry, Don 77<br />

Bertaux, Daniel 71<br />

Binnema, Ted 21<br />

Blackledge, Paul 64<br />

Bloodworth, Ching Ping 71<br />

Bloodworth, Dennis 71<br />

Bothwell, Robert 1, 55<br />

Bradbury, Bettina 11<br />

Breuning, Eleonore 64<br />

Brouwer, Ruth Comp<strong>to</strong>n 51<br />

Brunelle, Dorval 2<br />

Brun<strong>to</strong>n, Deborah 63<br />

Buck, A.R. 44<br />

Buckner, Phillip 4<br />

Buss, Helen M. 49<br />

Bytwerk, Randall L. 73<br />

Calam, John 56<br />

Campbell, Claire Elizabeth 17<br />

Cavanaugh, Catherine A. 50<br />

Chaliand, Gerard 69<br />

Chapnick, Adam 8<br />

Chunn, Dorothy E. 45<br />

Clarkson, Chris 3<br />

Clubb, Merrel 75<br />

Cohn, Samuel Jr. 67<br />

Cole, Douglas 53, 56<br />

Cole, Jean Murray 56<br />

Colpitts, George W. 53<br />

Cong, Xiaoping 30<br />

Cook, Tim 38, 54<br />

Cruikshank, Julie 9<br />

Daly, Richard 45<br />

Darnell, Regna 9<br />

Davies, Peter J. 60, 61<br />

Dawn, Leslie 7<br />

Dawson, Grant 39<br />

Dawson, Michael 47<br />

Dean, Trevor 65<br />

Delaney, Douglas E. 41<br />

Di Tella, Torcua<strong>to</strong> S. 68<br />

Drees, Laurie Meijer 50<br />

Dudink, Stefan 65<br />

Dummitt, Chris<strong>to</strong>pher 34<br />

Durflinger, Serge 40<br />

Elmer, Peter 62<br />

Fischer, Conan 66<br />

Francis, R. Douglas 4<br />

Furniss, Elizabeth 52<br />

Furtwangler, Albert 74<br />

Gabriel, Michael P. 73<br />

Galois, Robert 52<br />

Gartner, Rosemary 50<br />

Geller, Peter 10<br />

Gillespie, Greg 15<br />

Gou<strong>to</strong>r, David 5<br />

Granatstein, J.L. 41<br />

Grell, Ole Peter 62<br />

Griffiths, Paul 67<br />

Grypma, Sonya 37<br />

Gwyn, Julian 54<br />

Hagemann, Karen 65<br />

Haig-Brown, Celia 24<br />

Hak, Gordon 6<br />

Halpin, Marjorie 55<br />

Hare, Jan 25<br />

Harris, R. Cole 49, 56<br />

Harrison, Julia 9<br />

Hart, Michael 51<br />

Harvey, Karen 65<br />

Hatt, Michael 59<br />

Hawker, Ronald W. 53<br />

Haycox, Stephen 75<br />

Hayman, John 56<br />

Hinde, John R. 51<br />

Hodgkin, Katharine 70<br />

Horrox, Rosemary 66<br />

Howard, Richard 2<br />

Igartua, José 7<br />

Janovicek, Nancy 35<br />

Jenner, Mark S.R. 67<br />

Johns<strong>to</strong>n, William 49<br />

Jones, Jo Fraser 56<br />

Kelm, Mary-Ellen 52<br />

Keshen, Jeffrey A. 42<br />

Klonk, Charlotte 59<br />

Kluckner, Michael 12<br />

Knafla, Louis 44<br />

Kulchyski, Peter 23<br />

Lackenbauer, P. Whitney 39<br />

Lary, Diana 31, 56<br />

Layman, William D. 12<br />

Lewis, Jill 64<br />

Lin, Hsiao-ting 33<br />

Lockner, Bradley 56<br />

Loo, Tina 16<br />

Lutz, John Sut<strong>to</strong>n 18, 19<br />

MacKay, Nancy 78<br />

Mackie, Richard Somerset 56<br />

MacKinnon, Stephen 56<br />

Maclachlan, Morag 56<br />

MacMillian, Margaret 52<br />

Malcolm Chase 60<br />

Manore, Jean 17<br />

Mayne, Richard O. 38<br />

McDonald, Robert A.J. 53<br />

McGhee, Robert 55<br />

McKenzie, Francine 52<br />

McLaren, John 44, 45<br />

McLeod, John 58<br />

Meehan, John D. 48<br />

Menzies, Robert 45<br />

Miller, Barbara 72<br />

Miller, Bruce Granville 20<br />

Miner, Dale 17<br />

Moogk, Peter N. 73<br />

Mooney, James 72<br />

Moray, Gerta 25<br />

Mor<strong>to</strong>n, Desmond 43<br />

Mur<strong>to</strong>n, James 14<br />

Myers, Tamara 11<br />

Neylan, Susan 21<br />

Ng, Wing Chung 53<br />

Nisbet, Jack 76<br />

Nock, David A. 24<br />

Ormsby, Margaret A. 55<br />

Ostry, Aleck S. 6<br />

Palmer, Alexandra 56<br />

Perras, Galen 54<br />

Phillips, Elizabeth 56<br />

Phillips, Jim 50<br />

Pickles, Katie 24<br />

80<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


Author / Title <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> Index<br />

Pit<strong>to</strong>ck, Murray G.H. 67<br />

Plamondon, Martin, II 76<br />

Pogrund, Benjamin 78<br />

Pritchard, Gareth 64<br />

Pyne, Stephen J. 13<br />

Quiring, David M. 10<br />

Rads<strong>to</strong>ne, Susannah 70<br />

Rajala, Richard A. 57<br />

Rak, Julie 48<br />

Reiger, John F. 77<br />

Richardson, Brian 46<br />

Richter, Andrew 49<br />

Rigby, S.H. 67<br />

Robertson, Leslie A. 47<br />

Rogers, Mary 65<br />

Roy, Patricia E. 26-27<br />

Ruane, Kevin 66<br />

Rutherdale, Myra 24, 51<br />

Rutherdale, Robert 42<br />

Safire, William 72<br />

Salem, Walid 78<br />

Sandlos, John 15<br />

Sandwell, R.W. 56<br />

Scham, Paul 78<br />

Scott, James C. 73<br />

Sheffield, R. Scott 43<br />

Sherwood, Jay 57<br />

Smith, Norman 32<br />

Stewart, W. Brian 22<br />

S<strong>to</strong>rck, Peter L. 46<br />

Summerhill, Thomas 73<br />

Swainger, Jonathan 44, 50, 56<br />

Tarrow, Sidney 79<br />

Taylor, Craig 59<br />

Taylor, Philip M. 66<br />

Tester, Frank 23<br />

Thatcher, Ian D. 65<br />

Thompson, Paul 71<br />

Thrush, Coll 74<br />

Tilly, Charles 79<br />

Tinagli, Paola 65<br />

Toman, Cynthia 36<br />

Tosh, John 65<br />

Turkel, William J. 14<br />

Vance, Jonathan F. 54<br />

Von Grunebaum, G.E. 72<br />

Wagner, Jonathan 11<br />

Ward, W. Peter 56<br />

Warne, Randi R. 50<br />

Webster, Anthony 61<br />

Whitby, Michael 41<br />

Whitehead, Margaret 56<br />

Whittam, John 65<br />

Wright, Nancy E. 44<br />

Youngs, Deborah 67<br />

Titles<br />

Alaska, An American Colony 75<br />

Alex Lord’s British Columbia 56<br />

Alliance and Illusion 1<br />

American Sportsmen and the<br />

Origins of Conservation 77<br />

Ancient People of the Arctic 55<br />

Archive of Place 14<br />

Art His<strong>to</strong>ry 59<br />

At Home with the Bella Coola<br />

Indians 53<br />

Avoiding Armageddon 49<br />

Awful Splendour 13<br />

Battle Grounds 39<br />

Be of Good Mind 20<br />

Before the Fall 72<br />

Beginning Postcolonialism 58<br />

Beginning Theory 58<br />

Bending Spines 73<br />

Besieged 68<br />

Betrayed 38<br />

Beyond the City Limits 56<br />

Black Death 66<br />

Bringing Indians <strong>to</strong> the Book 74<br />

Burden of His<strong>to</strong>ry 52<br />

Canada and Quebec 55<br />

Canada and the British <strong>World</strong> 4<br />

Canada and the End of Empire 4<br />

Canadian Department of Justice<br />

and the Completion of<br />

Confederation, 1867–78 56<br />

Capital and Labour in the British<br />

Columbia Forest Industry,<br />

1934–74 6<br />

CCF Colonialism in Northern<br />

Saskatchewan 10<br />

Celtic Identity and the British<br />

Image 67<br />

Chartism 60<br />

Chinese in Vancouver, 1945–80<br />

53<br />

Chinese Machiavelli 71<br />

Chinese State at the Borders 31<br />

Classical Islam 72<br />

Clio’s Warriors 38<br />

Colonizing Bodies 52<br />

Commanding Canadians 41<br />

Contact Zones 24<br />

Contentious Politics 79<br />

Couture and Commerce 56<br />

Creating a Modern Countryside<br />

14<br />

Culture of Flushing 16<br />

Culture of Hunting in Canada 17<br />

Curating Oral His<strong>to</strong>ries 78<br />

Death So Noble 54<br />

Debate on the French Revolution<br />

61<br />

Debate on the Rise of British<br />

Imperialism 61<br />

Despotic Dominion 44<br />

Do Glaciers Listen? 9<br />

Domestic Reforms 3<br />

Dominion and the Rising Sun 48<br />

Ermatingers 22<br />

Exploring His<strong>to</strong>ry 1400–1900 60<br />

Fascist Italy 65<br />

Fight or Pay 43<br />

Fighting from Home 40<br />

Fort Langley Journals, 1827–30<br />

56<br />

Frigates and Foremasts 54<br />

<strong>From</strong> <strong>World</strong> <strong>Order</strong> <strong>to</strong> <strong>Global</strong><br />

<strong>Disorder</strong> 2<br />

Game in the Garden 53<br />

Good Intentions Gone Awry 25<br />

Guarding the Gates 5<br />

Halifax Explosion and the Royal<br />

Canadian Navy 55<br />

Healing Arts 62<br />

Healing Henan 37<br />

Health, Disease, and Society in<br />

Europe, 1500–1800 62<br />

Health, Disease, and Society in<br />

Europe, 1800–1930 63<br />

Heiress vs the Establishment 8<br />

“Here is Hell” 39<br />

Hiroshima Immigrants in Canada,<br />

1891–1941 28<br />

His<strong>to</strong>rical Sketch of the<br />

Cherokee 72<br />

His<strong>to</strong>ricizing Canadian<br />

Anthropology 9<br />

His<strong>to</strong>ry of Domestic Space 56<br />

His<strong>to</strong>ry of Migration from<br />

Germany <strong>to</strong> Canada, 1850–<br />

1939 11<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca 81


<strong>UBC</strong> Title <strong>Press</strong> Index<br />

His<strong>to</strong>ry of Political Parties<br />

in Twentieth-Century Latin<br />

America 68<br />

Hobnobbing with a Countess and<br />

Other Okanagan Adventures<br />

56<br />

Home<strong>to</strong>wn Horizons 42<br />

Hunters at the Margin 15<br />

Hunting for Empire 15<br />

Imagining Difference 47<br />

Indian Association of Alberta 50<br />

Joan of Arc 59<br />

Journey <strong>to</strong> the Ice Age 46<br />

Kiss in His<strong>to</strong>ry 65<br />

Kiumajut [Talking Back] 23<br />

Klondike Stampede 55<br />

Late Imperial Russia 65<br />

Laws and Societies in the<br />

Canadian Prairie West,<br />

1670–1940 44<br />

Letters from Windermere,<br />

1912–1914 56<br />

Lewis and Clark Trail Maps 76<br />

Life Disturbed 75<br />

Life-cycle in Western Europe,<br />

c.1300–c.1500 67<br />

Living Through the Soviet System<br />

71<br />

Londinopolis, c.1500–c.1750 67<br />

Longitude and Empire 46<br />

Majority of Scoundrels 77<br />

Making Native Space 49<br />

Making Vancouver 53<br />

Makúk 19<br />

Manly Modern 34<br />

Mapmaker’s Eye 76<br />

Marxism and His<strong>to</strong>ry 67<br />

Masculinities in Politics and War<br />

65<br />

Meaning of His<strong>to</strong>ry 70<br />

Medicine Transformed 63<br />

Memory, His<strong>to</strong>ry, Nation 70<br />

Middle Power Project 8<br />

Mirrors of a Disaster 69<br />

Modern Women Modernizing<br />

Men 51<br />

Munitions of the Mind 66<br />

Murdering Holiness 50<br />

Myth and Memory 18<br />

National Visions, National<br />

Blindness 7<br />

Native Seattle 74<br />

Negotiated Memory 48<br />

Negotiating Identities in 19th and<br />

20th Century Montreal 11<br />

New His<strong>to</strong>ries for Old 21<br />

No Place <strong>to</strong> Go 35<br />

No Place <strong>to</strong> Run 54<br />

Nomadic Empires 69<br />

Northern Exposures 10<br />

Not the Slightest Chance 54<br />

Nouvelle France 73<br />

Nutrition Policy in Canada,<br />

1870–1939 6<br />

Objects of Concern 54<br />

Officer and a Lady 36<br />

Oregon Indians 77<br />

Oriental Question 26<br />

Other Quiet Revolution 7<br />

Our Box Was Full 45<br />

Parties Long Estranged 52<br />

People and Place 50<br />

Pioneer Gentlewoman in British<br />

Columbia 55<br />

Popular Contention in Great<br />

Britain, 1758–1834 79<br />

Popular Protest in Late-Medieval<br />

Europe 67<br />

Potlatch at Gitsegukla 55<br />

Power and the People 64<br />

Prisoners of the Home Front 40<br />

Quebec During the American<br />

Invasion, 1775–1776 73<br />

Red Man’s on the Warpath 43<br />

Reflections on the Marxist Theory<br />

of His<strong>to</strong>ry 64<br />

Regulating Lives 45<br />

Resisting Manchukuo 32<br />

Rise of the Nazis 66<br />

River of Memory 12<br />

Robert Brown and the Vancouver<br />

Island Exploring Expedition 56<br />

Saints, Sinners, and Soldiers 42<br />

Scars of War 56<br />

Selling British Columbia 47<br />

Shaped by the West Wind 17<br />

Shared His<strong>to</strong>ries 78<br />

Skookum 77<br />

Social Movements, 1768–2004<br />

79<br />

Soldiers’ General 41<br />

Stasi Files Unveiled 72<br />

States of Nature 16<br />

Stepping S<strong>to</strong>nes <strong>to</strong> Nowhere 54<br />

Surveying Central British<br />

Columbia 57<br />

Tales of Ghosts 53<br />

Teachers’ Schools and the<br />

Making of the Modern Chinese<br />

Nation-State, 1897–1937 30<br />

Telling Tales 50<br />

Templars 67<br />

They Call Me Father 56<br />

This Blessed Wilderness 56<br />

Tibet and Nationalist China’s<br />

Frontier 33<br />

To the Charlottes 56<br />

Towns of Italy in the Later Middle<br />

Ages 65<br />

Trading Beyond the Mountains<br />

56<br />

Trading Nation 51<br />

Transatlantic Rebels 73<br />

Triumph of Citizenship 27<br />

Undelivered Letters <strong>to</strong> Hudson’s<br />

Bay Company Men on the<br />

Northwest Coast of America,<br />

1830–57 49<br />

Unsettling Encounters 25<br />

Up-Coast 57<br />

Vancouver Island Letters of<br />

Edmund Hope Verney,<br />

1862–65 56<br />

Vanishing British Columbia 12<br />

Vietnam Wars 66<br />

Voices Raised in Protest 29<br />

Voyage <strong>to</strong> the North West Side of<br />

America 52<br />

War of Patrols 49<br />

When Coal Was King 51<br />

White Man’s Province 26<br />

With Good Intentions 24<br />

Women and the White Man’s<br />

God 51<br />

Women in Italy, 1350–1650 65<br />

82<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


<strong>Order</strong> <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> Form<br />

Quantity Title ISBN Page# Price*<br />

_______ __________________________ _____________ ______ _______<br />

_______ __________________________ _____________ ______ _______<br />

_______ __________________________ _____________ ______ _______<br />

_______ __________________________ _____________ ______ _______<br />

_______ __________________________ _____________ ______ _______<br />

* CRO after the price listing in the catalogue denotes that <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> holds<br />

Canadian rights only and may only ship such titles <strong>to</strong> Canadian addresses.<br />

** Shipping charges and taxes:<br />

Canada: first book, $6.50; each add’l $1.50; plus 6% GST<br />

US: first book, $12.50; each add’l, $2.50;<br />

Overseas: 1 book, $25.00; each add’l, $2.50<br />

Shipping**<br />

Sub<strong>to</strong>tal<br />

Tax **<br />

Total<br />

_______<br />

_______<br />

_______<br />

_______<br />

Payment must accompany order forms from individuals.<br />

Outside Canada, all prices are in US dollars.<br />

Enclosed is: cheque (Payable <strong>to</strong> <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong>)<br />

Charge <strong>to</strong> my: Visa Mastercard<br />

Name<br />

Address<br />

_____________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________<br />

_____________________________________________________________________<br />

Phone ____________________________ E-mail _____________________________<br />

Account ______________________________________________ Expiry Date _________<br />

Signature __________________________________________<br />

Forms should be returned <strong>to</strong>:<br />

CANADA<br />

U.S.<br />

<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />

c/o uniPRESSES<br />

34 Armstrong Avenue<br />

George<strong>to</strong>wn, ON<br />

L7G 4R9<br />

Phone: 905.873.9781/1.877.864.8477<br />

Fax: 905.873.6170/1.877.864.4272<br />

E-mail: orders@gtwcanada.com<br />

To order from any other countries, please see the ordering contacts on page 84.<br />

Prices and specifications subject <strong>to</strong> change without notice.<br />

source code his<strong>to</strong>ry07<br />

The University of Washing<strong>to</strong>n <strong>Press</strong><br />

P.O. Box 50096<br />

Seattle, WA<br />

98145-5096<br />

USA<br />

Phone: 206.543.4050/1.800.441.4115<br />

Fax: 206.543.3932/1.800.669.7993<br />

E-mail: uwpord@u.washing<strong>to</strong>n.edu<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca 83


<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Order</strong>ing <strong>Press</strong>Information<br />

Canada<br />

Please direct all cus<strong>to</strong>mer service enquiries <strong>to</strong>:<br />

uniPRESSES<br />

34 Armstrong Avenue<br />

George<strong>to</strong>wn, ON L7G 4R9<br />

Phone: 905.873.9781; Toll free: 1.877.864.8477<br />

Fax: 905.873.6170; Toll-Free Fax: 1.877.864.4272<br />

E-mail: orders@gtwcanada.com<br />

As of 1 Oc<strong>to</strong>ber 2007, <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> and our<br />

publishing partners will be distributed by<br />

University of Toron<strong>to</strong> <strong>Press</strong>. For further<br />

information, please contact Shari Martin<br />

at <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong>: phone 604.822.1221 or<br />

e-mail martin@ubcpress.ca<br />

United States<br />

The University of Washing<strong>to</strong>n <strong>Press</strong><br />

P.O. Box 50096<br />

Seattle, WA 98145-5096, USA<br />

Phone: 206.543.4050 or 206.543.8271<br />

Fax: 206.543.3932<br />

Toll-free ordering in the USA: 1.800.441.4115<br />

Toll-free Fax: 1.800.669.7993<br />

E-mail: uwpord@u.washing<strong>to</strong>n.edu<br />

Website: www.washing<strong>to</strong>n.edu/uwpress<br />

UK, Europe, Middle East, and Africa<br />

Eurospan University <strong>Press</strong> Group<br />

3 Henrietta Street<br />

Covent Garden<br />

London WC2E 8LU, UK<br />

Phone: 44.0(20).7240.0856<br />

Fax: 44.0(20).7379.0609<br />

E-mail: info@eurospan.co.uk<br />

Asia (excl. China, Taiwan and Hong Kong) &<br />

Pacific (incl. Australia and New Zealand)<br />

Royden Muranaka<br />

East West Export Books<br />

c/o University of Hawai’i <strong>Press</strong><br />

2840 Kolowalu Street<br />

Honolulu, Hawaii 96822, USA<br />

Phone: 808.956.8830; Fax: 808.988.6052<br />

E-mail: eweb@hawaii.edu<br />

China, Hong Kong, and Taiwan<br />

Asia Publishers Services Ltd<br />

Units B & D, 17th Floor Gee Chang Hong Centre<br />

65 Wong Chuk Hang Road<br />

Aberdeen, Hong Kong<br />

Phone: 852.2553.9289; Fax: 852.2554.2912<br />

E-mail: apshk@netviga<strong>to</strong>r.com<br />

Please note: prices listed are in US funds when<br />

ordered from outside Canada.<br />

84<br />

EXAMINATION COPIES<br />

<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> invites faculty members <strong>to</strong> write on<br />

departmental letterhead for an examination copy of<br />

any title you wish <strong>to</strong> consider for course adoption.<br />

You must state course name, semester, anticipated<br />

enrolment, and the book currently in use.<br />

Paperback titles of interest for a course starting before<br />

their publication date may be available by special<br />

arrangement. Please contact Elizabeth Whit<strong>to</strong>n<br />

at whit<strong>to</strong>n@ubcpress.ca, 604.822.8226, or <strong>to</strong>ll-free<br />

1.877.377.9378.<br />

<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> charges a $6.50 shipping and handling<br />

fee for each examination copy requested. Please<br />

include payment with your request. Requests should<br />

be mailed <strong>to</strong> the address below.<br />

Please note: all examination and review copy<br />

requests are provided at the Publisher’s discretion.<br />

REVIEW COPIES<br />

Please submit review requests on letterhead <strong>to</strong><br />

Kerry Kilmartin, Reviews Coordina<strong>to</strong>r<br />

Fax: 604.822.6083<br />

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS<br />

<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> acknowledges the financial support of<br />

the Government of Canada through the Book Publishing<br />

Industry Development Program (BPIDP).<br />

We also gratefully acknowledge the assistance<br />

of the Province of British Columbia through the<br />

British Columbia Arts Council and the Humanities<br />

and Social Science Federation of Canada (Aid <strong>to</strong><br />

Scholarly Publications Programme).<br />

<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> would like <strong>to</strong> express its appreciation<br />

<strong>to</strong> the Canada Council for the Arts in grateful<br />

recognition of its major contribution <strong>to</strong> all aspects of<br />

Canadian culture.<br />

Printed by Benwell Atkins, Vancouver, BC<br />

Design, layout, and production by Erin Gibbs,<br />

Honey Mae Caffin, and Jason Congdon, <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong>.<br />

<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />

The University of British Columbia<br />

2029 West Mall<br />

Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z2<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


Canada’s his<strong>to</strong>ry publisher<br />

2007 Sir John A.<br />

Macdonald Prize<br />

2007 Clio Award<br />

for British Columbia<br />

2007 Clio Award<br />

for the Northern Region<br />

States of Nature<br />

Conserving Canada’s<br />

Wildlife in the Twentieth<br />

Century<br />

Tina Loo<br />

Do Glaciers Listen?<br />

Local Knowledge, Colonial<br />

Encounters, and Social<br />

Imagination<br />

Julie Cruikshank<br />

Unsettling Encounters<br />

First Nations Imagery in the<br />

Art of Emily Carr<br />

Gerta Moray<br />

• Winner, 2006 K.D. Srivastava<br />

Prize for Excellence in Scholarly<br />

Publishing<br />

• Winner, 2006 Vic<strong>to</strong>r Turner<br />

Prize in Ethnographic Writing,<br />

Society for Humanistic<br />

Anthropology<br />

• Winner, 2006 Julian<br />

Steward Award, American<br />

Anthropological Association<br />

• Winner, 2005 K.D. Srivastava<br />

Prize for Excellence in Scholarly<br />

Publishing<br />

• 2007 BC Award for Canadian<br />

Non-Fiction shortlist, BC<br />

Achievement Foundation<br />

COVER IMAGE<br />

The Crosby family with their Tsimshian charges, 1884 (courtesy of Helen<br />

and Louise Hager), from Good Intentions Gone Awry, by Jan Hare and Jean<br />

Barman, page 25.<br />

order online: www.ubcpress.ca


ABOUT <strong>UBC</strong> PRESS<br />

<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> is the publishing imprint of the University<br />

of British Columbia. We are Canada’s leading social<br />

sciences publisher and its fastest-growing scholarly press.<br />

Our core areas of publishing include:<br />

Anthropology · Asian studies · Environmental and<br />

Resource studies · Gender and Sexuality studies ·<br />

His<strong>to</strong>ry · Law and Society · Military studies · Native<br />

studies · Politics · Sociology<br />

In addition <strong>to</strong> publishing sixty new books annually,<br />

<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> distributes books in Canada for over twenty<br />

distinguished international publishers. For more details<br />

on <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong>, including our newest releases, our<br />

complete backlist, our publishing partners, or <strong>to</strong> order<br />

a book, please visit us online at www.ubcpress.ca.<br />

The University of British Columbia<br />

2029 West Mall, Vancouver BC V6T 1Z2<br />

www.ubcpress.ca

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!